Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / TD AMERITRADE Holding Corporation

TD AMERITRADE Holding Corporation

amtd · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker amtd
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · TD AMERITRADE Holding Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2014

“ We have been in the business of  

bringing “better” to investors for 40 

Better

years... delivering better value, every 

day, to those who believe and trust  

in us.”

Fred Tomczyk 

President and  
Chief Executive Officer 

Joe Moglia 
Chairman

t

r

o

p

e

R

l

a

u

n

n

A

4

1

0

2

e

d

a

r

t

i

r

e

m

A

D

T

TD Ameritrade  

200 South 108th Avenue 

Omaha, NE 68154 

www.amtd.com

@TDAmeritradePR

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Results

Even while facing significant interest rate compression 

We have remained good stewards of our shareholders’ 

over the past five years, we have continued to strengthen 

capital, deploying more than 90 percent of our earnings 

our earnings power. How? By seeking efficiencies,  

in fiscal 2014 through a combination of dividends and 

optimizing, and managing, selling, serving and growing 

share repurchases. Value remains the hallmark of our 

better than we did the year before. With more than $100 

simple, straightforward strategy, focused on the things 

billion in interest rate-sensitive assets, we continue to 

we control. It is a strategy that has served us well, to the 

prudently manage our asset-liability profile and remain 

benefit of our clients, associates and shareholders, and 

well positioned for a rising interest rate environment. 

will remain our primary focus in 2015 and beyond.

Average Client Trades per Day
(thousands)

Net New Client Assets
(billions)

427

399

372

374

360

$53

$50

$41

$41

$34

12%

11%

11%

10%

10%

Earnings Per Share

$1.42

$1.22

$1.11

$1.06

$1.00

10         11        12         13        14

10         11        12         13        14

10         11        12         13        14

Growth Rate1

Return On Equity (ROE) 

Pre-tax Margin 

17%

16% 16%

15%

14%

41%

39%

36%

37%

34%

EBITDA2 
(millions)

$1,213

$1,114

$1,098

$1,480

$1,290

10        11        12         13         14

10        11        12         13         14

10        11        12         13         14

1  Net new asset growth rate (annualized) — Annualized net new assets as a percentage of client assets as of the beginning of the period.
2  See reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures on page 100.

Letter to Shareholders

Dear Shareholders,

After a strong year for the equity markets in 2013, and continued macroeconomic improvement in areas such as GDP 

and U.S. unemployment, retail investors re-engaged in the markets in 2014.

It was a record year at TD Ameritrade - for nearly every aspect of our business.

It’s yet another step in our journey toward growth and building long-term earnings power that has served us, and 

our stakeholders, well for more than six years. It’s a journey powered by a growth strategy that has long been focused 

on creating value that extends far beyond interest rates, unemployment or whatever macroeconomic challenges we 

may face. 

2014 was no exception.  

Record Client Trades 

Our clients placed a record 427,000 trades per day, on average, a 6.9 percent activity rate. Options, futures and  

foreign exchange accounted for a record 41 percent of those trades, largely due to our continued platform and  

education enhancements (nearly 50 in the year). Nowhere was this more evident than with mobile, a platform that 

drove a record 13 percent of our daily average trades, up 61 percent from last year. With nearly one in four new  

account starts coming from mobile devices, it will not be long before they overtake P.C.’s as the main access point  

for our clients.

Record Net New Client Assets

We gathered a record $53 billion in net new client assets in 2014, a 10 percent growth rate and our sixth  

consecutive year of double-digit growth.

It’s a credit to strong sales efforts in our Retail and Institutional channels. Within Retail, optimizing marketing  

performance, refining our new account funnel and driving greater process efficiencies has yielded more new accounts 

and improved funding ratios, while sales referral quality and asset retention have continued to improve. Meanwhile, 

within Institutional, our combination of superior service and differentiating, best-in-class technology continues to  

attract the loyalty and assets of independent advisors and breakaway brokers, contributing to a healthy sales pipeline. 

Record Investment Product Fees

Investment product fees have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 24 percent since 2010, and now account 

for 10 percent of our net revenues. Average balances were a record $137 billion, up 21 percent from last year. 

Retail investors are increasingly seeking guidance and advice in how they construct and manage their portfolios. 

We are addressing those varying needs through ongoing enhancements to two core offerings that are becoming an 

increasingly important part of this growing revenue stream: 

 
 
•   Amerivest Portfolios, designed for self-directed investors based on the recommendations of independent 

experts at Morningstar Associates to address investment needs tied to an investor’s risk tolerance and  

time horizon.

•   AdvisorDirect, a program that matches investors seeking more complex, personalized investment advice 

with an independent registered investment advisor that meets our eligibility requirements.

A Record Bottom Line

This successful execution of our growth strategy in 2014 yielded record growth that resulted in record financial 

results, including:

•  Record earnings of $1.42 per diluted share, up 16 percent from last year

•  Record net revenues of $3.1 billion, up 13 percent from last year 

•  Record pre-tax income of $1.3 billion, or 41 percent of net revenues

•  Record EBITDA1 of $1.5 billion, or 47 percent of net revenues 

We are a growth company, taking market share and building our earnings power – committed to delivering value for 

our clients, associates and shareholders now, and for many years to come. In fact, our total shareholder return for 

fiscal 2014 was 32 percent – that’s on top of the 79 percent return we delivered in 2013.

We are getting better every year and we intend to maintain that momentum. We will continue to improve what we do 

and how we do it. We will leverage newer technologies, like mobile and social media, backed by the intelligence of 

big data and analytics, to personalize and further improve the client experience. We will remain well tuned-in to the 

trends in the market and align our resources to take advantage of them.

We have been in the business of bringing “better” to investors for 40 years. It is a simple vision – a straightforward 

one – that serves as the rallying cry of the nearly 6,000 TD Ameritrade associates who are committed to bringing it to 

life every day. 

It is a vision we remain committed to – one focused on delivering better value, every day, to those who believe and 

trust in us. 

Fred Tomczyk  

President & Chief Executive Officer

Joe Moglia 
Chairman

1 See reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures on page 100.





UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from                 to 

Commission file number: 1-35509 

TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

82-0543156 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

200 South 108th Avenue, 
Omaha, Nebraska 68154 
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) 

(402) 331-7856 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock — $0.01 par value 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
(Title of class) 

None 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the  Securities 

Act.    Yes          No   

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section 13  or  Section 15(d)  of  the 

Act.    Yes      No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes          No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for 
such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes          No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will 
not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act. 
Large accelerated filer  

Smaller reporting company  

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer   
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes          No   

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $8.7 billion computed 
by reference to the closing sale price of the stock on the New York Stock Exchange on March 31, 2014, the last trading day of the 
registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. 

The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of November 7, 2014 was 543,824,055 shares. 

Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the registrant’s 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed hereafter (incorporated into 

Part III hereof). 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

INDEX 

PART I 

  Page No. 

Item 1.  Business .................................................................................................................................   
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ............................................................................................................................   
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ..................................................................................................   
Item 2. 
Properties ...............................................................................................................................   
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings ..................................................................................................................   
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures.........................................................................................................   

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities ...............................................................................................   
Selected Financial Data ..........................................................................................................   
Item 6. 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .   
Glossary of Terms ...................................................................................................................   
Financial Statement Overview ................................................................................................   
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates ............................................................................   
Results of Operations ..............................................................................................................   
Liquidity and Capital Resources .............................................................................................   
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements ............................................................................................   
Contractual Obligations ..........................................................................................................   
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.................................................   
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ......................................................................   
Item 8. 
Report of Ernst & Young LLP ................................................................................................   
Consolidated Balance Sheets ..................................................................................................   
Consolidated Statements of Income ........................................................................................   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income ..............................................................   
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity ..................................................................   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows .................................................................................   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...........................................................................   
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .   
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures.........................................................................................................   
Item 9B.  Other Information...................................................................................................................   

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .....................................................   
Item 11.  Executive Compensation ........................................................................................................   
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters ...............................................................................................................   
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .......................   
Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services ................................................................................   

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................   
Exhibit Index ..........................................................................................................................   
Signatures ...............................................................................................................................   

2 

3 
11 
20 
20 
20 
20 

21 

23 
24 
24 
28 
29 
30 
39 
44 
45 
45 
47 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
92 
92 
94 

94 
94 

94 

95 
95 

95 
95 
99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unless  otherwise  indicated,  references  to  “we,”  “us,”  “our,”  “Company,”  or  “TD Ameritrade”  mean 
TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries, and references to “fiscal” mean the Company’s fiscal year 
ended September 30.  References to the “parent company” mean TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation. 

Item 1.  Business 

Form of Organization 

PART I 

The Company was established in 1971 as a local investment banking firm and began operations as a retail 

discount securities brokerage firm in 1975.  The parent company is a Delaware corporation. 

Operations 

We are a leading provider of securities brokerage services and related technology-based financial services to 
retail  investors,  traders  and  independent  registered  investment  advisors  (“RIAs”).    We  provide  our  services 
predominantly through the Internet, a national branch network and relationships with RIAs.  We believe that our 
services appeal to a broad market of independent, value-conscious retail investors, traders, financial planners and 
institutions.  We use our efficient platform to offer brokerage services to retail investors and institutions under a 
simple, low-cost commission structure. 

We have been an innovator in electronic brokerage  services since entering the retail securities brokerage 
business in 1975.  We believe that we were the first brokerage firm to offer the following products and services to 
retail clients: touch-tone trading; trading over the Internet; unlimited, streaming, free real-time quotes; extended 
trading hours; direct access to market destinations; and commitment on the speed of order execution.  Since initiating 
online trading, we have substantially increased our number of brokerage accounts, number of RIA relationships, 
average daily trading volume and total assets in client accounts.  We have also built, and continue to invest in, a 
proprietary  trade  processing  platform  that  is  both  cost-efficient  and  highly  scalable,  significantly  lowering  our 
operating  costs  per  trade.    In  addition,  we  have  made  significant  and  effective  investments  in  building  the 
TD Ameritrade brand. 

Strategy 

We intend to capitalize on the growth and consolidation of the retail brokerage industry in the United States and 
leverage our low-cost infrastructure to grow our market share and profitability.  Our long-term growth strategy is to 
increase our market share of total assets in client accounts, while maintaining a leadership position in client trading, 
by providing superior offerings to long-term investors, RIAs and active traders.  We strive to enhance the client 
experience  by  providing  sophisticated  asset  management  products  and  services,  enhanced  trading  tools  and 
capabilities and a superior, proprietary, single-platform system to support RIAs.  The key elements of our strategy are 
as follows: 

•  Focus on brokerage services.    We continue to focus on attracting active traders, long-term investors and 
RIAs to our brokerage services.  This focused strategy is designed to enable us to maintain our low operating 
cost structure while offering our clients outstanding products and services.  We primarily execute client trades 
on an agency, rather than a principal, basis.  We maintain only a small inventory of fixed income securities to 
meet client requirements. 

•  Provide  a  comprehensive  long-term  investor  solution.    We  continue  to  expand  our  suite  of  diversified 
investment products and services to best serve investors’ needs.  We help clients make investment decisions 
by providing simple-to-use investment tools, guidance, education and objective third-party research. 

•  Maintain industry leadership and market share with active traders.    We help active traders make better-
informed investment decisions by offering fast access to markets, insight into market trends and innovative 
tools such as strategy back-testing and comprehensive options research and trading capabilities. 

3 

 
•  Continue to be a leader in the RIA industry.    We provide RIAs with comprehensive brokerage and custody 
services supported by our robust integrated technology platform, customized personal service and practice 
management solutions. 

• 

Leverage our infrastructure to add incremental revenue.    Through our proprietary technology, we are able to 
provide a very robust online experience for long-term investors and active traders.  Our low-cost, scalable 
systems provide speed, reliability and quality trade execution services for clients.  The scalable capacity of 
our trading system allows us to add a significant number of transactions while incurring minimal additional 
fixed costs. 

•  Continue to be a low-cost provider of quality services.    We achieve low operating costs per trade by creating 
economies  of  scale,  utilizing  our  proprietary  transaction-processing  systems,  continuing  to  automate 
processes  and  locating  much  of  our  operations  in  low-cost  geographical  areas.    This  low  fixed-cost 
infrastructure provides us with significant financial flexibility. 

•  Continue to differentiate our offerings through innovative technologies and service enhancements.    We have 
been an innovator in our industry for nearly 40 years.  We continually strive to provide our clients with the 
ability to customize their trading experience.  We provide our clients greater choice by tailoring our features 
and functionality to meet their specific needs. 

• 

Leverage  the  TD Ameritrade  brand.    We  believe  that  we  have  a  superior  brand  identity  and  that  our 
advertising has established TD Ameritrade as a leading brand in the retail brokerage market. 

•  Continue to evaluate opportunities for growth through acquisitions.    When evaluating potential acquisitions, 
we look for transactions that will give us operational leverage, technological leverage, increased market share 
or other strategic opportunities. 

Client Offerings 

We deliver products and services aimed at providing a comprehensive, personalized experience for active 

traders, long-term investors and independent RIAs.  Our client offerings are described below: 

Trading and Investing Platforms 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

tdameritrade.com Web Platform is our core offering for self-directed retail investors.  We offer sophisticated 
tools and services, including alerts, screeners, conditional orders, free fundamental third-party research and a 
customizable workspace.  SnapTicket™ conveniently stays at the bottom of the browser window no matter 
where  investors  navigate  on  the  site,  so  that  quotes  may  be  accessed  and  trades  placed seamlessly  at  a 
moment’s notice.  Free planning tools are also provided, such as Portfolio Planner to efficiently create a 
bundle of securities to trade, invest and rebalance and WealthRuler™ to realistically assess retirement needs. 

Trade Architect®  is  a  powerful  and  intuitive  web-based  platform  that  helps  active  investors  and  traders 
identify opportunities and stay informed.  It includes advanced features such as complex options, Level II 
equity and option quotes, streaming news from CNBC and Dow Jones, free reports from S&P Capital IQ and 
Morningstar and visual position profit/loss analysis. 

thinkorswim®  is  a  downloadable  desktop  platform  designed  for  advanced  traders,  featuring  easy-to-use 
interfaces, elite-level trading and analytical tools, and fast and efficient order execution for complex trading 
strategies.  thinkorswim clients trade a broad range of products including stock and stock options, index 
options, futures and futures options, foreign exchange and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). 

TD Ameritrade Mobile allows on-the-go investors and traders to trade and monitor accounts from  web-
enabled mobile devices with features such as alerts, research and streaming market commentary.  Access is 
available through the TD Ameritrade Mobile App, the more advanced TD Ameritrade Mobile Trader App or 
via a mobile browser at the TD Ameritrade Mobile Site. 

TD Ameritrade Institutional is a leading provider of comprehensive brokerage and custody services to more 
than 4,500 independent RIAs and their clients.  Our advanced technology platform, coupled with personal 
support from our dedicated service teams, allows RIAs to grow and manage their practices more effectively 
and efficiently while optimizing time with clients.  Additionally, TD Ameritrade Institutional provides a 

4 

 
robust offering of products, programs and services.  These services are all designed to help advisors build 
their businesses and do the best possible job they can to help their clients with their financial goals. 

Other Offerings 

• 

• 

TD Ameritrade Apex™ status offers top benefits to retail clients who place an average of five trades per month 
over a three-month period or maintain a total account value of at least $100,000.  Apex clients receive certain 
services for free that are otherwise subject to service fees, as well as discounts on certain premium content. 

Investools® offers a comprehensive suite of investor education products and services for stock, option, foreign 
exchange, futures, mutual fund and fixed-income investors.  Our education subsidiary, Investools, Inc., offers 
educational products and services primarily built around an investing method that is designed to teach both 
experienced and beginning investors how to approach the selection process for investment securities and 
actively manage their investment portfolios.  Course offerings are generally combined with web-based tools, 
personalized instruction techniques and ongoing service and support and are offered in a variety of learning 
formats.  Designed for the advanced student, continuing education programs offer students comprehensive 
access to a multitude of education products and services priced either individually or on a bundled basis.  
Typically  included  in  the  continuing  education  bundles  are  additional  curriculum,  online  courses,  live 
workshops and coaching services. 

•  Amerivest® is an advisory service that develops portfolios of ETFs or mutual funds, along with cash and cash 
alternatives, to help long-term investors pursue their financial goals.  Our subsidiary, Amerivest Investment 
Management, LLC, recommends an investment portfolio based on an investor’s objective, time horizon and 
risk tolerance. 

•  AdvisorDirect® is a national referral service for investors who wish to engage the services of an independent 
RIA.  AdvisorDirect refers interested investors to one or more independent RIAs that are unaffiliated with TD 
Ameritrade and that offer investment management and/or financial planning services to investors served by 
TD Ameritrade's branch offices.  All RIAs participating in AdvisorDirect meet or exceed TD Ameritrade's 
professional eligibility requirements. 

• 

TD Ameritrade Corporate Services provides self-directed brokerage services to employees of corporations, 
either directly in partnership with the employer or through joint marketing relationships with third-party 
administrators, such as 401(k) providers and employee benefit consultants.  Trust and custody services are 
also offered to a wide range of plan types through our TD Ameritrade Trust Company subsidiary. 

Products and Services 

We strive to provide the best value of retail brokerage services to our clients.  The products and services 

available to our clients include: 

•  Common and preferred stock.    Clients can purchase common and preferred stocks, American Depository 

Receipts and closed-end funds traded on any United States exchange or quotation system. 

•  Exchange-Traded Funds.    ETFs are baskets of securities (stocks or bonds) that typically track recognized 
indices.  They are similar to mutual funds, except that they trade on an exchange like stocks.  Our ETF 
Market  Center  offers  our  clients  over  100  commission-free  ETFs,  each  of  which  has  been  selected  by 
independent experts at Morningstar Associates, LLC.  Trades in these ETFs are commission-free, provided 
the funds are held for 30 days or longer.  Our website includes an ETF screener, along with independent 
research and commentary to assist investors in their decision-making. 

•  Options.    We offer a full range of option trades, including complex, multi-leg option strategies.  In 2013, we 
began offering the ability to trade mini-options on certain high-priced securities.  Mini-option contracts are 
1/10 the size of a standard option contract and were created to respond to the evolving needs of investors who 
utilize options as part of their trading strategies. 

•  Futures.    We offer futures trades, as well as options on futures, in a wide variety of commodities, stock 

indices and currencies. 

•  Foreign exchange.    We offer access to trading in over 100 different currency pairs. 

5 

 
•  Mutual funds.    Clients can compare and select from a portfolio of over 13,000 mutual funds from leading 
fund families, including a broad range of no-transaction-fee (“NTF”) funds.  Clients can also easily exchange 
funds within the same mutual fund family. 

•  Fixed income.    We offer our clients access to a variety of Treasury, corporate, government agency and 

municipal bonds, as well as certificates of deposit. 

•  New and secondary issue securities.    We offer primary and secondary offerings of fixed income securities, 

closed-end funds, common stock and preferred stock. 

•  Margin lending.    We extend credit to clients that maintain margin accounts.  Portfolio margin, which bases 
margin requirements on the net exposure of all positions in an account rather than just on individual positions, 
is also available for accounts with net liquidating values of at least $125,000. 

•  Cash management services.    Through third-party banking relationships, we offer FDIC-insured deposit 
accounts  and  money  market  mutual  funds  to  our  clients  as  cash  sweep  alternatives.    Through  these 
relationships, we also offer free standard checking, free online bill pay and ATM services with unlimited 
ATM fee reimbursements at any machine nationwide. 

•  Annuities.    We offer access to a full range of competitively priced fixed and variable annuities provided by 

highly-rated insurance carriers. 

We earn commissions and transaction fees on client trades in common and preferred stock, ETFs, closed-end 
funds, options, futures, foreign exchange, mutual funds and fixed income securities.  Margin lending and the related 
securities lending business generate net interest revenue.  Cash management services and fee-based mutual funds 
generate insured deposit account fees and investment product fee revenues.  Other revenues include revenue from 
education  services,  miscellaneous  securities  brokerage  fees  and  annuities.    The  following  table  presents  the 
percentage of net revenues contributed by each class of similar services during the last three fiscal years: 

Class of Service 
Commissions and transaction fees ..............................................   

Net interest revenue ....................................................................   

Insured deposit account fees .......................................................   

Investment product fees ..............................................................   

Other revenues ............................................................................   

Percentage of Net Revenues 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

43.2 %   

18.6 %   

26.3 %   

9.9 %   

2.0 %   

42.4 %   

17.0 %   

29.1 %   

9.0 %   

2.5 %   

41.2 % 

17.0 % 

31.4 % 

7.4 % 

3.0 % 

Net revenues ................................................................................  

100.0 %   

100.0 %   

100.0 % 

We provide our clients with an array of channels to access our products and services.  These include the 
Internet,  our  network  of  retail  branches,  mobile  trading  applications,  interactive  voice  response  and  registered 
representatives via telephone. 

Client Service and Support 

We strive to provide the best client service in the industry as measured by: (1) speed of response time to 
telephone  calls,  (2) turnaround  time  responding  to  client  inquiries  and  (3) client  satisfaction  with  the  account 
relationship. 

We endeavor to optimize our highly-rated client service by: 

•  Ensuring  prompt  response  to  client  service  calls  through  adequate  staffing  with  properly  trained  and 
motivated personnel in our client service departments, a majority of whom hold the Series 7 license; 

•  Tailoring client service to the particular expectations of the clients of each of our client segments; and 

•  Expanding our use of technology to provide automated responses to the most typical inquiries generated in 

the course of clients’ securities trading and related activities. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We provide access to client service and support through the following means: 

•  Websites.    Our  websites  provide  basic  information  on  how  to  use  our  services,  as  well  as  an  in-depth 
education  center  that  includes  a  selection  of  online  investing  courses.    “Ted”,  our  Virtual  Investment 
Consultant, is a web tool that allows retail clients to interact with a virtual representative to ask questions 
regarding our products, tools and services. 

•  Branches.    We  offer  a  nationwide  network  of  over  100  retail  branches,  located  primarily  in  large 

metropolitan areas. 

•  Email.    Clients are encouraged to use e-mail to contact our client service representatives.  Our operating 
standards require a response within 24 hours of receipt of the e-mail; however, we strive to respond within 
four hours after receiving the original message. 

• 

Telephone.    For clients who choose to call or whose inquiries necessitate calling one of our client service 
representatives,  we  provide  a  toll-free  number  that  connects  to  advanced  call  handling  systems.   These 
systems provide automated answering and directing of calls to the proper department.  Our systems also 
allow linkage between caller identification and the client database to give the client service representative 
immediate access to the client’s account data when the call is received.  Client service representatives are 
available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. 

Technology and Information Systems 

Our technological capabilities and systems are central to our business and are critical to our goal of providing 
the best execution at the best value to our clients.  Our operations require reliable, scalable systems that can handle 
complex financial transactions for our clients with speed and accuracy.  We maintain sophisticated and proprietary 
technology that automates traditionally labor-intensive securities transactions.  Our ability to effectively leverage and 
adopt new technology to improve our services is a key component of our success. 

We continue to make investments in technology and information systems.  We have spent a significant amount 
of resources to increase capacity and improve speed, reliability and security.  To provide for system continuity during 
potential power outages, we have equipped our data centers with uninterruptible power supply units and back-up 
generators. 

Our trading platforms currently have the capacity to process approximately 1,500,000 trades per day.  The 

greatest number of trades our clients have made in a single day is approximately 895,000. 

Advertising and Marketing 

We intend to continue to grow and increase our market share by advertising online, on television, in print and 
direct mail and on our own websites, and utilizing various forms of social media.  We invest heavily in advertising 
programs designed to bring greater brand recognition to our services.  We intend to continue to aggressively advertise 
our services.  From time to time, we may choose to increase our advertising to target specific groups of investors or to 
decrease advertising in response to market conditions. 

Advertising for retail clients is generally conducted through  websites,  financial  news  networks and other 
television and cable networks.  We also place print advertisements in a broad range of business publications and use 
direct mail advertising.  Advertising for institutional clients is significantly less than for retail clients and is generally 
conducted through highly-targeted media. 

To monitor the success of our various marketing efforts, we use a data gathering and tracking system.  This 
system enables us to determine the type of advertising that best appeals to our target market so that we can invest in 
these programs in the future.  Additionally, through the use of our database tools, we are working to more efficiently 
determine the needs of our various client segments and tailor our services to their individual needs.  We intend to 
utilize this system to strengthen our client relationships and support marketing campaigns to attract new clients.  How 
we share client information is disclosed in our privacy statement. 

All of our securities brokerage-related communications with the public are regulated by the Financial Industry 
Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).  All of our futures brokerage-related communications with the public are regulated 
by the National Futures Association (“NFA”). 

7 

 
Clearing Operations 

Our  subsidiary,  TD Ameritrade  Clearing,  Inc.  (“TDAC”),  provides  clearing  and  execution  services  to 
TD Ameritrade, Inc., our introducing broker-dealer subsidiary.  Clearing services include the confirmation, receipt, 
settlement, delivery and record-keeping functions involved in processing securities transactions.  Our clearing broker-
dealer subsidiary provides the following back office functions: 

•  Maintaining client accounts; 

•  Extending credit in a margin account to the client; 

•  Engaging in securities lending and borrowing transactions; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Settling securities transactions with clearinghouses such as The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation and 
The Options Clearing Corporation; 

Settling commissions and transaction fees; 

Preparing client trade confirmations and statements; 

Performing designated cashiering functions, including the delivery and receipt of funds and securities to or 
from the client; 

Possession, control and safeguarding of funds and securities in client accounts; 

Processing cash sweep transactions to and from insured deposit accounts and money market mutual 
funds; 

•  Transmitting tax accounting information to the client and to the applicable tax authority; and 

• 

Forwarding prospectuses, proxy materials and other shareholder information to clients. 

We contract with external providers for futures clearing.  We also contract with external providers to facilitate 

foreign exchange trading for our clients. 

Competition 

We believe that the principal determinants of success in the retail brokerage market are brand recognition, size 
of client base and client assets, ability to attract new clients and client assets, client trading activity, efficiency of 
operations, technology infrastructure and access to financial resources.  We also believe that the principal factors 
considered by clients in choosing a brokerage firm are reputation, client service quality, price, convenience, product 
offerings, quality of trade execution, platform capabilities, innovation and overall value.  Based on our experience, 
focus group research and the success we have enjoyed to date, we believe that we presently compete successfully in 
each of these categories. 

The market for brokerage services, particularly electronic brokerage services, continues to evolve and is highly 
competitive.  We experience  significant competition and expect this competitive environment to continue.  We 
encounter  direct  competition  from  numerous  other  brokerage  firms,  many  of  which  provide  online  brokerage 
services.  These competitors include E*TRADE Financial Corporation, The Charles Schwab Corporation, Fidelity 
Investments and Scottrade, Inc.  We also encounter competition from established full-commission brokerage firms 
such as Merrill Lynch and Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, as well as financial institutions, mutual fund sponsors and 
other organizations, some of which provide online brokerage services. 

Regulation 

The securities and futures industries are subject to extensive regulation under federal and state law.  Broker-
dealers are required to register with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and to be members of 
FINRA.    In  addition,  our  introducing  broker-dealer  subsidiary  (TD Ameritrade,  Inc.)  is  registered  with  the 
Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) as a futures commission merchant and is a member of, and the 
corresponding  services  functions  are  regulated  by,  the  NFA.    Our  broker-dealer  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  the 
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) relating to broker-dealers, including, 
among other things, minimum net capital requirements under the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1) and 

8 

 
segregation of client funds under the SEC Customer Protection Rule (Rule 15c3-3), administered by the SEC and 
FINRA.  TD Ameritrade, Inc. is also subject to regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act, administered by the 
CFTC and NFA, including CFTC Regulation 1.17, which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital, and 
CFTC Regulation 1.20, which requires segregation of client funds. 

Net capital rules are designed to protect clients, counterparties and creditors by requiring a broker-dealer to 
have sufficient liquid resources available to satisfy its financial obligations.  Net capital is a measure, defined by the 
SEC,  of  a  broker-dealer’s  readily  available  liquid  assets,  reduced  by  its  total  liabilities  other  than  approved 
subordinated debt.  Under the Uniform Net Capital Rule, a broker-dealer may not repay any subordinated borrowings, 
pay cash dividends or make any unsecured advances or loans to its parent company or employees if such payment 
would result in a net capital amount below required levels. 

Certain of our subsidiaries are also registered as investment advisors under the Investment Advisers Act of 
1940.    We  are  also  subject  to  regulation  in  all  50  states  and  the  District  of  Columbia,  including  registration 
requirements.  TD Ameritrade Trust Company is chartered in the state of Maine as a state-regulated non-depository 
trust company. 

In  its  capacity  as  a  securities  clearing  firm,  TDAC  is  a  member  of  The  Depository  Trust &  Clearing 
Corporation and The Options Clearing Corporation, each of which is registered as a clearing agency with the SEC.  
As a member of these clearing agencies, TDAC is required to comply with the rules of such clearing agencies, 
including rules relating to possession or control of client funds and securities, margin lending and execution and 
settlement of transactions. 

Margin lending activities are subject to limitations imposed by regulations of the Federal Reserve System and 
FINRA.  In general, these regulations provide that, in the event of a significant decline in the value  of securities 
collateralizing a  margin account,  we are required to obtain additional collateral from the borrower or liquidate 
security positions. 

We are subject to a number of state and federal laws applicable to companies conducting business on the 

Internet that address client privacy, system security and safeguarding practices and the use of client information. 

For additional, important information relating to government regulation, please review the information set forth 
under  the  heading  “Risk  Factors  Relating  to  the  Regulatory  and  Legislative  Environment”  in  Item 1A  —  Risk 
Factors. 

Risk Management 

Our business activities expose us to various risks.  Identifying and measuring our risks is critical to our ability 
to manage risk within acceptable tolerance levels in order to minimize the effect on our business, results of operations 
and financial condition. 

Our management team is responsible for managing risk, and it is overseen by our board of directors, primarily 
through the board’s Risk Committee.  We use risk management processes and have policies and procedures for 
identifying, measuring and managing risks, including establishing threshold levels for our most significant risks.  Our 
risk management, compliance, internal audit, and legal departments assist management in identifying and managing 
risks.  Our management team’s Enterprise Risk Committee (“ERC”) is responsible for reviewing risk exposures and 
risk mitigation.  Subcommittees of the ERC have been established to assist in identifying and managing specific areas 
of risk. 

Our business exposes us to the following broad categories of risk: 

Operational Risk — Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or 
controls, human error, systems and technology problems or from external events.  It also involves compliance with 
regulatory and legal requirements.  Operational risk is the most prevalent form of risk in our risk profile.  We manage 
operational risk by establishing policies and procedures to accomplish timely and efficient processing, obtaining 
periodic  internal  control  attestations  from  management  and  conducting  internal  audit  reviews  to  evaluate  the 
effectiveness of internal controls. 

Market Risk — Market risk is the risk of loss resulting from adverse movements in market factors, such as asset 
prices, foreign exchange rates and interest rates.  Our market risk related to asset prices is mitigated by our execution 

9 

 
of client trades primarily on an agency, rather than a principal, basis and our maintenance of only a small inventory of 
fixed-income securities to meet client requirements.  Interest rate risk is our most prevalent form of market risk.  For 
more information about our interest rate risk and how we manage it, see Item 7A — Quantitative and Qualitative 
Disclosures About Market Risk. 

Credit Risk — Credit risk is the risk of loss resulting from failure of obligors to honor their payments.  Our 
exposure to credit risk mainly arises from client margin lending and leverage activities, securities lending activities 
and other counterparty credit risks.  For more information about our credit risk and how we manage it, see Item 7A –
 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. 

Liquidity Risk — Liquidity risk is the risk of loss resulting from the inability to meet current and future cash 
flow needs.  We actively monitor our liquidity position at the holding company and broker-dealer subsidiary levels.  
For more information, see Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources. 

Strategic  Risk — Strategic  risk  is  the  risk  of  loss  arising  from  ineffective  business  strategies,  improper 
implementation  of  business  strategies,  or  lack  of  responsiveness  to  changes  in  the  business  and  competitive 
environment.  Our executive management is responsible for establishing an appropriate corporate strategy intended to 
create value for stockholders, clients and employees, with oversight by our board of directors.  Our management is 
responsible for defining the priorities, initiatives and resources necessary to execute the strategic plan, the success of 
which is regularly evaluated by the board of directors. 

Reputational Risk — Reputational risk is the risk arising from possible negative perceptions, whether true or 
not, of the Company among our clients, counterparties, stockholders, suppliers, employees and regulators.  The 
potential for either enhancing or damaging our reputation is inherent in almost all aspects of business activity.  We 
manage this risk through our commitment to a set of core values that emphasize and reward high standards of ethical 
behavior, maintaining a culture of compliance and by being responsive to client and regulatory requirements. 

Risk is inherent in our business, and therefore, despite our efforts to manage risk, there can be no assurance that 
we will not sustain unexpected losses.  For a discussion of the factors that could materially affect our business, 
financial condition or future results of operations, see Item 1A — Risk Factors. 

Intellectual Property Rights 

Our  success  and  ability  to  compete  are  significantly  dependent  on  our  intellectual  property.   We  rely  on 
copyright, trade secret, trademark, domain name, patent and contract laws to protect our intellectual property and 
have utilized the various methods available to us, including filing applications for patents and trademark registrations 
with  the  United  States  Patent  and  Trademark  Office  and  entering  into  written  licenses  and  other  technology 
agreements with third parties.  Our patented and patent pending technologies include stock indexing and investor 
education technologies, as well as innovative trading and analysis tools.  Our trademarks include both our primary 
brand, TD Ameritrade, as well as brands for other products and services.  A substantial portion of our intellectual 
property is protected by trade secrets.  The source and object code for our proprietary software is also protected using 
applicable methods of intellectual property protection and general protections afforded to confidential information.  
In addition, it is our policy to enter into confidentiality and intellectual property ownership agreements with our 
employees  and  confidentiality  and  noncompetition  agreements  with  our  independent  contractors  and  business 
partners and to control access to and distribution of our intellectual property. 

Employees 

As of September 30, 2014, we had 5,771 full-time equivalent employees.  None of our employees is covered by 
a collective bargaining agreement.  We believe that our relations with our employees are good.  In fiscal 2014, we 
surveyed our employees and found that 88% responded favorably to questions designed to measure sustainable 
employee engagement.  This score placed us above the benchmark for U.S. high-performance companies as measured 
by Towers Watson. 

10 

 
Financial Information about Segments and Geographic Areas 

We primarily operate in the securities brokerage industry and have no other reportable segments.  Substantially 
all of our revenues from external clients for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were derived 
from our operations in the United States. 

Website and Social Media Disclosure 

From  time  to  time,  the  Company  may  use  its  website  and/or Twitter as  distribution  channels  of  material 
information.  Financial and other important information regarding the Company is routinely accessible through and 
posted  on  the  Company’s  website  at  www.amtd.com  and  its Twitter account  @TDAmeritradePR.   We  ask  that 
interested parties visit or subscribe to newsfeeds at www.amtd.com/newsroom to automatically receive email alerts 
and other information, including the most up-to-date corporate financial information, presentation announcements, 
transcripts and archives.  The website to access the Company’s Twitter account is https://twitter.com/TDAmeritrade.  
Website links provided in this report, although correct when published, may change in the future.  We make available 
free of charge on our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on 
Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after  we electronically file such 
material with or furnish it to the SEC. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

In addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the following factors 
which could materially affect our business, financial condition or future results of operations.  Although the risks 
described below are those that management believes are the most significant, these are not the only risks facing our 
company.  Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not deem to be 
material also may materially affect our business, financial condition or future results of operations. 

Risk Factors Relating to Our Business Operations 

Economic conditions and other securities industry risks could adversely affect our business. 

Substantially all of our revenues are derived from our securities brokerage business.  Like other securities 
brokerage businesses, we are directly affected by economic and political conditions, broad trends in business and 
finance and changes in volume and price levels of securities transactions.  Events in global financial markets in recent 
years, including failures and government bailouts of large financial services companies, resulted in substantial market 
volatility and increased client trading volume.  However, any sustained downturn in general economic conditions or 
U.S. equity markets could result in reduced client trading volume and net revenues.  For example, events such as the 
terrorist attacks in the United States on September 11, 2001 and the invasion of Iraq in 2003 resulted in periods of 
substantial market volatility and reductions in trading volume and net revenues.  Severe market fluctuations or weak 
economic conditions could reduce our trading volume and net revenues and have a material adverse effect on our 
profitability. 

We have exposure to interest rate risk. 

As a fundamental part of our brokerage business, we invest in interest-earning assets and are obligated on 
interest-bearing liabilities.  In addition, we earn fees on our FDIC-insured deposit account arrangement with TD Bank 
USA, N.A. and TD Bank N.A., which are subject to interest rate risk.  During fiscal 2009, the Federal Open Market 
Committee reduced the federal funds rate from 2.00% to between 0% and 0.25%, where it has remained.  In addition, 
medium- to long-term interest rates have also decreased substantially since fiscal 2009.  This lower interest rate 
environment has compressed our net interest spread and reduced our spread-based revenues.  It has also resulted in 
our voluntarily waiving fees on certain money market mutual funds in order to prevent our clients’ yields on such 
funds from becoming negative. 

Changes in interest rates could affect the interest earned on assets differently than interest paid on liabilities.  A 
rising interest rate environment generally results in our earning a larger net interest spread.  Conversely, a falling 
interest rate environment generally results in our earning a smaller net interest spread.  Our most prevalent form of 
interest rate risk is referred to as “gap” risk.  This risk occurs when the interest rates we earn on our assets change at a 
different frequency or amount than the interest rates we pay on our liabilities.  For example, in the current low 

11 

 
interest rate environment, sharp increases in short-term interest rates could result in net interest spread compression if 
the yields paid on interest-bearing client balances were to increase faster than our earnings on interest-earning assets.  
If we are unable to effectively manage our interest rate risk, changes in interest rates could have a material adverse 
effect on our profitability. 

Our brokerage operations have exposure to liquidity risk. 

Maintaining  adequate  liquidity  is  crucial  to  our  brokerage  operations,  including  key  functions  such  as 
transaction settlement and margin lending.  Our liquidity needs to support interest-earning assets are primarily met by 
client cash balances or financing created from our securities lending activities.  A reduction of funds available from 
these sources may require us to seek other potentially more expensive forms of financing, such as borrowings on our 
revolving credit facility.  Our liquidity could be constrained if we are unable to obtain financing on acceptable terms, 
or at all, due to a variety of unforeseen market disruptions.  Inability to meet our funding needs on a timely basis 
would have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We are exposed to credit risk with clients and counterparties. 

We extend margin credit and leverage to clients, which are collateralized by client cash and securities.  We also 
borrow and lend securities in connection with our broker-dealer business.  A significant portion of our net revenues is 
derived from interest on margin loans.  By permitting clients to purchase securities on margin and exercise leverage 
with options and futures positions, we are subject to risks inherent in extending credit, especially during periods of 
rapidly declining markets in which the value of the collateral held by us could fall below the amount of a client’s 
indebtedness.  In addition, in accordance with regulatory guidelines, we collateralize borrowings of securities by 
depositing cash or securities with lenders.  Sharp changes in market values of substantial amounts of securities and 
the failure by parties to the borrowing transactions to honor their commitments could have a material adverse effect 
on our revenues and profitability. 

Our clearing operations expose us to liability for errors in clearing functions. 

Our broker-dealer subsidiary, TDAC, provides clearing and execution services to our introducing broker-dealer 
subsidiary, TD Ameritrade, Inc.  Clearing and execution services include the confirmation, receipt, settlement and 
delivery functions involved in securities transactions.  Clearing brokers also assume direct responsibility for the 
possession or control of client securities and other assets and the clearing of client securities transactions.  However, 
clearing brokers also  must rely on third-party clearing organizations, such as The Depository Trust & Clearing 
Corporation and The Options Clearing Corporation, in settling client securities transactions.  Clearing securities 
firms, such as TDAC, are subject to substantially more regulatory control and examination than introducing brokers 
that rely on others to perform clearing functions.  Errors in performing clearing functions, including clerical and other 
errors related to the handling of funds and securities held by us on behalf of clients, could lead to regulatory fines and 
civil penalties as well as losses and liability in related legal proceedings brought by clients and others. 

Systems failures, delays and capacity constraints could harm our business. 

We receive and process trade orders through a variety of electronic channels, including the Internet, mobile 
trading applications and our interactive voice response system.  These methods of trading are heavily dependent on 
the integrity of the electronic systems supporting them.  Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or 
interruption  from  human  error,  natural  disasters,  power  loss,  computer  viruses,  distributed  denial  of  service 
(“DDOS”) attacks, spurious spam attacks, intentional acts of vandalism and similar events.  It could take several 
hours or more to restore full functionality following any of these events.  Extraordinary trading volumes could cause 
our computer systems to operate at an unacceptably slow speed or even fail.  Extraordinary Internet traffic caused by 
DDOS  or  spam  attacks  could  cause  our  website  to  be  unavailable  or  slow  to  respond.    While  we  have  made 
significant investments to upgrade the reliability and scalability of our systems and added hardware  to address 
extraordinary  Internet  traffic,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  systems  will  be  sufficient  to  handle  such 
extraordinary circumstances.  We may not be able to project accurately the rate, timing or cost of any increases in our 
business or to expand and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to accommodate any increases in a timely manner.  
Systems failures and delays could occur and could cause, among other things, unanticipated disruptions in service to 
our clients, slower system response time resulting in transactions not being processed as quickly as our clients desire, 

12 

 
decreased levels of client service and client satisfaction and harm to our reputation.  The occurrence of any of these 
events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Failure to protect client data or prevent breaches of our information systems could expose us to liability or 
reputational damage. 

The secure transmission of confidential information over public networks is a critical element of our operations.  
We are dependent on information technology networks and systems to securely process, transmit and store electronic 
information  and  to  communicate  among  our  locations  and  with  our  clients  and  vendors.   As  the  breadth  and 
complexity of this infrastructure continue to grow, the potential risk of security breaches and cyber-attacks increases.  
As  a  financial  services  company,  we  are  continuously  subject  to  cyber-attacks  by  third  parties.    In  addition, 
vulnerabilities of our external service providers and other third parties could pose security risks to client information.  
Such  breaches  could  lead  to  shutdowns  or  disruptions  of  our  systems  and  potential  unauthorized  disclosure  of 
confidential information. 

We, along with the financial services industry in general, have experienced losses related to clients’ login and 
password information being compromised, generally caused by clients’ use of public computers or vulnerabilities of 
clients’ private computers and mobile devices.  Also, in 2007, we discovered and eliminated unauthorized code from 
our  computer  systems  that  had  allowed  an  unauthorized  third  party  to  retrieve  client  email  addresses,  names, 
addresses and phone numbers from an internal database.  Following the incident, the Company incurred significant 
remediation costs.  If a similar incident were to occur, we could suffer damage to our reputation and incur significant 
remediation costs and losses. 

In providing services to clients, we manage, utilize and store sensitive and confidential client data, including 
personal data.  As a result, we are subject to numerous laws and regulations designed to protect this information, such 
as U.S. federal and state laws and foreign regulations governing the protection of personally identifiable information.  
These laws and regulations are increasing in complexity and number, change frequently and sometimes conflict.  If 
any person, including any of our employees, negligently disregards or intentionally breaches our established controls 
with respect to client data, or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to significant 
monetary damages, regulatory enforcement actions, fines and/or criminal prosecution in one or more jurisdictions.  
Unauthorized  disclosure  of  sensitive  or  confidential  client  data,  whether  through  systems  failure,  employee 
negligence,  fraud  or  misappropriation,  could  damage  our  reputation  and  cause  us  to  lose  clients.    Similarly, 
unauthorized access to or through our information systems, whether by our employees or third parties, including a 
cyber-attack by third parties who may deploy viruses, worms or other malicious software programs, could result in 
negative publicity, significant remediation costs, legal liability, financial responsibility under our security guarantee 
to reimburse clients for losses resulting from unauthorized activity in their accounts and damage to our reputation and 
could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.  In addition, our liability insurance might not be 
sufficient in type or amount to cover us against claims related to security breaches, cyber-attacks and other related 
breaches. 

Aggressive competition could reduce our market share and harm our financial performance. 

The market for electronic brokerage services is continually evolving and is intensely competitive.  The retail 
brokerage industry has experienced significant consolidation, which may continue in the future, and which may 
increase competitive pressures in the industry.  Consolidation could enable other firms to offer a broader range of 
products and services than we do, or offer them at lower prices.  There has been aggressive price competition in the 
industry, including various free trade offers.  We expect this competitive environment to continue in the future.  We 
face direct competition from numerous retail brokerage firms, including E*TRADE Financial Corporation, The 
Charles Schwab Corporation, Fidelity Investments and Scottrade, Inc.  We also encounter competition from the 
broker-dealer affiliates of established full-commission brokerage firms, such as Merrill Lynch and Morgan Stanley 
Smith Barney, as well as from financial institutions, mutual fund sponsors and other organizations, some of which 
provide online brokerage services.  Some of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other 
resources, offer a wider range of services and financial products, and have greater name recognition and a more 
extensive  client base than  we do.  We believe  that the  general financial  success of companies  within the retail 
securities industry will continue to attract new competitors to the industry, such as banks, software development 
companies,  insurance  companies,  providers  of  online  financial  information  and  others.    These  companies  may 

13 

 
provide a more comprehensive suite of services than we do.  Increased competition, including pricing pressure, could 
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. 

We will need to introduce new products and services and enhance existing products and services to remain 
competitive. 

Our  future  success  depends  in  part  on  our  ability  to  develop  and  enhance  our  products  and  services.    In 
addition,  the  adoption  of  new  Internet,  networking  or  telecommunications  technologies  or  other  technological 
changes could require us to incur substantial expenditures to enhance or adapt our services or infrastructure. 

There are significant technical and financial costs and risks in the development of new or enhanced products 
and services, including the risk that we might be unable to effectively use new technologies, adapt our services to 
emerging industry standards or develop, introduce and market enhanced or new products and services.  An inability to 
develop  new  products  and  services,  or  enhance  existing  offerings,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
profitability. 

Advisory services subject us to additional risks. 

We  provide  investment  advisory  services  to  investors  through  our  SEC-registered  investment  advisors, 
TD Ameritrade, Inc., Amerivest Investment Management, LLC (“Amerivest”) and Red Option Advisors, Inc. (“Red 
Option”).    TD Ameritrade,  Inc.  offers  AdvisorDirect,®  a  service  that  refers  a  client  to  an  independent  RIA.  
Amerivest® is an online advisory service that develops portfolios of ETFs or mutual funds, along with cash and cash 
alternatives, to help long-term investors pursue their financial goals.  Red Option provides an option advisory service 
for self-directed investors.  The risks associated with these investment advisory activities include those arising from 
possible  conflicts  of  interest,  unsuitable  investment  recommendations,  inadequate  due  diligence,  inadequate 
disclosure and fraud.  Realization of these risks could lead to liability for client losses, regulatory fines, civil penalties 
and harm to our reputation and business. 

We rely on external service providers to perform certain key functions. 

We rely on a number of external service providers for certain key technology, processing, service and support 
functions.  These include the services of other broker-dealers, market makers, exchanges and clearinghouses to 
execute and settle client orders.  We contract with external providers for futures and foreign exchange clearing.  
External content providers provide us with financial information, market news, charts, option and stock quotes, 
research reports and other fundamental data that we offer to clients.  These service providers face technological and 
operational  risks  of  their  own.   Any  significant  failures  by  them,  including  improper  use  or  disclosure  of  our 
confidential client, employee or company information, could interrupt our business, cause us to incur losses and harm 
our reputation. 

We cannot assure that any external service providers will be able to continue to provide these services in an 
efficient, cost-effective manner or that they will be able to adequately expand their services to meet our needs.  Some 
external service providers have assets that are important to the services they provide us located outside the United 
States, and their ability to provide these services is subject to risks from unfavorable political, economic, legal or 
other developments, such as social or political instability, changes in governmental policies or changes in laws and 
regulations. 

An interruption in or the cessation of service by any external service provider as a result of systems failures, 
capacity constraints, financial constraints or problems, unanticipated trading market closures or for any other reason, 
and our inability to make alternative arrangements in a smooth and timely manner, if at all, could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Risk Factors Relating to the Regulatory and Legislative Environment 

Legislation has and may continue to result in changes to rules and regulations applicable to our business, 
which may negatively impact our business and financial results. 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted in 2010, 
requires many federal agencies to adopt new rules and regulations applicable to the financial services industry and 

14 

 
also calls for many studies regarding various industry practices.  In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act gives the SEC 
discretion to adopt rules regarding standards of conduct for broker-dealers providing investment advice to retail 
customers.  Additional rulemaking or legislative action could negatively impact our business and financial results.  
While we have not yet been required to make material changes to our business or operations as a result of the Dodd-
Frank  Act  or  other  rulemaking  or  legislative  action,  it  is  not  certain  what  the  scope  of  future  rulemaking  or 
interpretive guidance from the SEC, FINRA, Department of Labor, banking regulators and other regulatory agencies 
may be, and what impact this will have on our compliance costs, business, operations and profitability. 

Our  profitability  could  also  be  affected  by  new  or  modified  laws  that  impact  the  business  and  financial 
communities generally, including changes to the laws governing banking, the securities market, fiduciary duties, 
conflicts of interest, taxation, electronic commerce, client privacy and security of client data. 

Failure to comply with net capital requirements could adversely affect our business. 

The SEC, FINRA, CFTC, NFA and various other regulatory agencies have stringent rules with respect to the 
maintenance of specific levels of net capital by securities broker-dealers.  Net capital is a measure, defined by the 
SEC,  of  a  broker-dealer’s  readily  available  liquid  assets,  reduced  by  its  total  liabilities  other  than  approved 
subordinated debt.  Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are required to comply with net capital requirements.  If we fail to 
maintain the required net capital, the SEC could suspend or revoke our registration, or FINRA could expel us from 
membership, which could ultimately lead to our liquidation, or they could impose censures, fines or other sanctions.  
If the net capital rules are changed or expanded, or if there is an unusually large charge against net capital, then our 
operations that require capital could be limited.  A large operating loss or charge against net capital could have a 
material adverse effect on our ability to maintain or expand our business. 

Extensive regulation and regulatory uncertainties could harm our business. 

The securities industry is subject to extensive regulation by federal, state, international government and self-
regulatory agencies, and financial services companies are subject to regulations covering all aspects of the securities 
business.  Regulations are intended to ensure the integrity of financial markets, appropriate capitalization of broker-
dealers and the protection of clients and their assets.  These regulations often serve to limit our business activities 
through capital, client protection and market conduct requirements, as well as restrictions on the activities that we are 
authorized to conduct.  Federal, state, self-regulatory organizations and foreign regulators can, among other things, 
censure, fine, issue cease-and-desist orders to, suspend or expel a regulated entity or any of its officers or employees.  
We could fail to establish and enforce procedures to comply with applicable regulations, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business. 

Recent turmoil in the financial markets has contributed to changes in laws and regulations, heightened scrutiny 
of the conduct of financial services firms and increasing penalties for violations of applicable laws and regulations.  
We  may  be  adversely  affected  by  new  laws  or  regulations,    changes  in  the  interpretation  of  existing  laws  or 
regulations or more rigorous enforcement.  The new laws and regulations may be complex, and we may not have the 
benefit of regulatory or federal interpretations to guide us in compliance.  Changes in laws and regulations or new 
interpretations of existing laws and regulations also can have adverse effects on our methods and costs of doing 
business.  We also may be adversely affected by other regulatory changes related to suitability of financial products, 
supervision, sales practices, application of fiduciary standards, best execution and market structure, which could limit 
the Company’s business.  Because The Toronto-Dominion Bank ("TD"), among other things, owns more than 25% of 
our common stock, we are considered a non-bank subsidiary of TD under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 
(the “BHC Act”).  As a result, under the BHC Act, we are subject to the supervision and regulation of the Federal 
Reserve.  These banking regulations limit the activities and the types of businesses that we may conduct and the types 
of companies we may acquire, and under these regulations the Federal Reserve could impose significant limitations 
on our current business and operations.  TD is currently regulated as a “financial holding company” under the BHC 
Act, which allows TD and us to engage in a much broader set of activities than would otherwise be permitted under 
the BHC Act.  Any failure of TD to maintain its status as a financial holding company could result in substantial 
limitations on certain of our activities. 

Financial services firms are subject to numerous conflicts of interest or perceived conflicts of interest.  Federal  
and state regulators and self-regulatory organizations have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest.  

15 

 
Addressing conflicts of interest is a complex and difficult undertaking.  Our business and reputation could be harmed 
if we were to fail, or appear to fail, to address conflicts appropriately. 

In addition, we use the Internet as a major distribution channel to provide services to our clients.  A number of 
regulatory agencies have adopted regulations regarding client privacy, system security and safeguarding practices and 
the use of client information by service providers.  Additional laws and regulations relating to the Internet and 
safeguarding practices could be adopted in the future, including laws related to access, identity theft and regulations 
regarding the pricing, taxation, content and quality of products and services delivered over the Internet.  Complying 
with these laws and regulations may be expensive and time-consuming and could limit our ability to use the Internet 
as a distribution channel, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and profitability. 

We are subject to litigation and regulatory investigations and proceedings and may not always be successful in 
defending against such claims and proceedings. 

The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and regulatory risks.  We are subject to arbitration 
claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of our business, as well as class actions and other significant litigation.  We 
also are the subject of inquiries, investigations and proceedings by regulatory and other governmental agencies.  
Actions brought against us may result in settlements, awards, injunctions, fines, penalties and other results adverse to 
us.  Predicting the outcome of such matters is inherently difficult, particularly where claims are brought on behalf of 
various classes of claimants or by a large number of claimants, when claimants seek substantial or unspecified 
damages or when investigations or legal proceedings are at an early stage.  A substantial judgment, settlement, fine or 
penalty could be material to our operating results or cash flows for a particular period, depending on our results for 
that period, or could cause us significant reputational harm, which could harm our business prospects.  In market 
downturns, the volume of legal claims and amount of damages sought in litigation and regulatory proceedings against 
financial services companies have historically increased.  We are also subject to litigation claims from third parties 
alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights.  Such litigation can require the expenditure of significant 
resources, regardless of whether the claims have merit.  If we were found to have infringed a third-party patent or 
other intellectual property right, then we could incur substantial liability and in some circumstances could be enjoined 
from using the relevant technology or providing related products and services, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our business and results of operations. 

Risk Factors Relating to Strategic Acquisitions and the Integration of Acquired Operations 

Acquisitions involve risks that could adversely affect our business. 

We may pursue strategic acquisitions of businesses and technologies.  Acquisitions may entail numerous risks, 

including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

difficulties in the integration of acquired operations, services and products; 

failure to achieve expected synergies; 

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns; 

assumption of unknown material liabilities of acquired companies; 

amortization of acquired intangible assets, which could reduce future reported earnings; 

potential loss of clients or key employees of acquired companies; and 

dilution to existing stockholders. 

As  part  of  our  growth  strategy,  we  regularly  consider,  and  from  time  to  time  engage  in,  discussions  and 
negotiations regarding strategic transactions, such as acquisitions, mergers and combinations within our industry.  
The purchase price for possible acquisitions could be paid in cash, through the issuance of common stock or other 
securities, borrowings or a combination of these methods. 

We cannot be certain that we will be able to continue to identify, consummate and successfully integrate 
strategic transactions, and no assurance can be given with respect to the timing, likelihood or business effect of any 
possible transaction.  For example, we could begin negotiations that we subsequently decide to suspend or terminate 
for a variety of reasons.  However, opportunities may arise from time to time that we will evaluate.  Any transactions 

16 

 
that  we  consummate  would  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  to  us.    These  risks  could  cause  the  failure  of  any 
anticipated benefits of an acquisition to be realized, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and 
profitability. 

Risk Factors Relating to Owning Our Stock 

The market price of our common stock has experienced, and may continue to experience, substantial volatility. 

Our common stock, and the U.S. securities markets in general, can experience significant price fluctuations.  
The market prices of securities of financial services companies, in particular, have been especially volatile.  The price 
of  our  common  stock  could  decrease  substantially.   Among  the  factors  that  may  affect  our  stock  price  are  the 
following: 

• 

• 

• 

speculation in the investment community or the press about, or actual changes in, our competitive position, 
organizational  structure,  executive  team,  operations,  financial  condition,  financial  reporting  and  results, 
effectiveness of cost reduction initiatives, or strategic transactions; 

the announcement of new products, services, acquisitions, or dispositions by us or our competitors; and 

increases or decreases in revenue or earnings, changes in earnings estimates by the investment community, 
and variations between estimated financial results and actual financial results. 

Changes in the stock market generally or as it concerns our industry, as well as geopolitical, economic, and business 
factors unrelated to us, may also affect our stock price. 

Because the market price of our common stock can fluctuate significantly, we could become the object of 
securities class action litigation, which could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and 
resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business and the price of our common stock. 

We are restricted by the terms of our revolving credit facilities, senior notes and secured loan agreement. 

Our senior unsecured revolving credit facilities contain various negative covenants and restrictions that may 

limit our ability to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

incur additional indebtedness; 

create liens; 

sell all or substantially all of our assets; 

change the nature of our business; 

•  merge or consolidate with another entity; and 

• 

conduct transactions with affiliates. 

Under our revolving credit facilities and secured loan agreement, we are also required to maintain compliance 
with a maximum consolidated leverage ratio covenant (not to exceed 3.00:1.00) and a minimum consolidated interest 
coverage ratio covenant (not  less than 4.00:1:00).  TDAC is required to maintain compliance  with a  minimum 
consolidated tangible net worth covenant and our broker-dealer subsidiaries are required to maintain compliance with 
minimum regulatory net capital covenants.  As a result of the covenants and restrictions contained in the revolving 
credit facilities and our senior unsecured notes, we are limited in how we conduct our business.  We cannot guarantee 
that we will be able to remain in compliance with these covenants or be able to obtain waivers for noncompliance in 
the future.  A failure to comply with these covenants could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition 
by impairing our ability to secure and maintain financing. 

Our corporate debt level may limit our ability to obtain additional financing. 

As of November 14, 2014, we have approximately $1.7 billion of notes payable and long-term debt, consisting 

of: 

• 

$500 million of 4.150% Senior Notes with principal due in full on December 1, 2014 (expected to be repaid 
on the maturity date using the proceeds of the 3.625% Senior Notes, together with cash on hand); 

17 

 
• 

• 

• 

• 

$500 million of 5.600% Senior Notes with principal due in full on December 1, 2019; 

$500 million of 3.625% Senior Notes with principal due in full on April 1, 2025; 

$125 million of borrowings outstanding on our parent company's revolving credit facility, which expires 
June 11, 2019; and 

a $69 million secured real estate loan with quarterly principal payments due through October 1, 2019.  

Our ability to meet our cash requirements, including our debt repayment obligations, is dependent upon our 
future performance, which will be subject to financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of 
which are or may be beyond our control.  We cannot provide assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash 
flows  from  operations  to  fund  our  cash  requirements.    If  we  are  unable  to  meet  our  cash  requirements  from 
operations, we would be required to obtain alternative financing.  The degree to which we may be leveraged as a 
result of the indebtedness we have incurred could materially and adversely affect our ability to obtain financing for 
working  capital,  acquisitions  or  other  purposes,  could  make  us  more  vulnerable  to  industry  downturns  and 
competitive pressures or could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes and opportunities in our 
industry, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage.  There can be no assurance that we would be able to 
obtain alternative financing, that any such financing would be on acceptable terms or that we would be permitted to 
do so under the terms of existing financing arrangements.  In the absence of such financing, our ability to respond to 
changing business and economic conditions, make future acquisitions, react to adverse operating results, meet our 
debt repayment obligations or fund required capital expenditures could be materially and adversely affected. 

Our business, financial position, and results of operations could be harmed by adverse rating actions by credit 
rating agencies. 

If our counterparty credit rating or the credit ratings of our outstanding indebtedness are downgraded, or if 
rating agencies indicate that a downgrade may occur, our business, financial position, and results of operations could 
be adversely affected and perceptions of our financial strength could be damaged.  A downgrade would have the 
effect of increasing our incremental borrowing costs and could decrease the availability of funds for borrowing.  In 
addition, a downgrade could adversely affect our relationships with our clients. 

TD and the Ricketts holders exercise significant influence over TD Ameritrade. 

As of September 30, 2014, TD and J. Joe Ricketts, our founder, members of his family and trusts held for their 
benefit (which we collectively refer to as the Ricketts holders), owned approximately 41% and 11%, respectively, of 
our outstanding common stock.  As a result, TD and the Ricketts holders have the ability to significantly influence the 
outcome of any matter submitted for the vote of our stockholders.  TD is permitted under a stockholders agreement to 
exercise voting rights on up to 45% of our outstanding shares of common stock until termination of the stockholders 
agreement (which will occur no later than January 24, 2021).  Beginning January 24, 2016, if our stock repurchases 
cause TD’s ownership percentage to exceed 45%, TD is required to use reasonable efforts to sell or dispose of such 
excess stock, subject to TD’s commercial judgment as to the optimal timing, amount and method of sales with a view 
to maximizing proceeds from such sales.  TD has no absolute obligation to reduce its ownership percentage to 45% 
by  the  termination  of  the  Stockholders  Agreement.    However,  prior  to  and  following  the  termination  of  the 
Stockholders Agreement, TD is required to vote any such excess stock on any matter in the same proportions as all 
the outstanding shares of stock held by holders other than TD and its affiliates are voted.  Beginning January 24, 
2016, in no event may TD Ameritrade repurchase shares of its common stock that would result in TD’s ownership 
percentage exceeding 47%.  The Ricketts holders are permitted under the stockholders agreement to own up to 29% 
of our outstanding common stock until January 24, 2016, when they will no longer be a party to the stockholders 
agreement.    There  is  no  restriction  on  the  number  of  shares  TD  may  own  following  the  termination  of  the 
stockholders agreement or on the number of shares the Ricketts holders may own after January 24, 2016.  As a result 
of their significant share ownership in TD Ameritrade, TD or the Ricketts holders may have the power, subject to 
applicable law, to significantly influence actions that might be favorable to TD or the Ricketts holders, but not 
necessarily favorable to our other stockholders. 

The stockholders agreement also provides that TD may designate five of the twelve members of our board of 
directors and the Ricketts holders may designate three of the twelve members of our board of directors, subject to 
adjustment based on their respective ownership positions in TD Ameritrade.  As of September 30, 2014, based on 

18 

 
their ownership positions, TD has designated five members of our board of directors, and the Ricketts holders have 
designated one.  Accordingly, TD and the Ricketts holders are able to significantly influence the outcome of all 
matters that come before our board. 

The ownership position and governance rights of TD and the Ricketts holders could also discourage a third 
party from proposing a change of control or other strategic transaction concerning TD Ameritrade.  As a result, our 
common stock could trade at prices that do not reflect a “takeover premium” to the same extent as do the stocks of 
similarly situated companies that do not have a stockholder with an ownership interest as large as TD’s and the 
Ricketts holders’ combined ownership interest. 

We  have  extensive  relationships  and  business  transactions  with  TD  and  some  of  its  affiliates,  which  if 
terminated or adversely modified could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

We have extensive relationships and business transactions with TD and certain of its affiliates.  The insured 
deposit account agreement between us and affiliates of TD provides a significant portion of our revenue.  This 
agreement enables our clients to invest in an FDIC-insured deposit product without the need for the Company to 
establish the significant levels of capital that would be required to maintain our own bank charter.  During fiscal 
2014, net revenues related to this agreement accounted for approximately 26% of our net revenues.  For fiscal year 
2014, the average balance of client cash swept to our insured deposit account offering was $73 billion.  The average 
yield earned on the insured deposit account balances was 99 basis points higher than the average net yield earned on 
segregated cash balances during fiscal 2014.  The termination or adverse modification of this agreement without 
replacing it on comparable terms with a different counterparty, which may not be available, could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  If this agreement was terminated or 
adversely modified and we elected to establish our own bank charter for purposes of offering an FDIC-insured 
deposit product, we would be required to establish and maintain significant levels of capital within a bank subsidiary.  
We  would  also  be  subject  to  various  other  risks  associated  with  banking,  including  credit  risk  on  loans  and 
investments, liquidity risk associated with bank balance sheet management, operational risks associated with banking 
systems and infrastructure and additional regulatory requirements and supervision. 

Conflicts of interest may arise between TD Ameritrade and TD, which may  be resolved in a manner that 
adversely affects our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Conflicts of interest may arise between us and TD in areas relating to past, ongoing and future relationships, 
including corporate opportunities, potential acquisitions or financing transactions, sales or other dispositions by TD 
of its interests in TD Ameritrade and the exercise by TD of its influence over our management and affairs.  Some of 
the directors on our board are persons who are also officers or directors of TD or its subsidiaries.  Service as a 
director or officer of both TD Ameritrade and TD or its other subsidiaries could create conflicts of interest if such 
directors or officers are faced with decisions that could have materially different implications for us and for TD.  Our 
amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions relating to the avoidance of direct competition 
between us and TD.  In addition, an independent committee of our board of directors reviews and approves or ratifies 
transactions with TD and its affiliates.  There can be no assurance that any of the foregoing potential conflicts would 
be resolved in a manner that does not adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.  In 
addition, the provisions of the stockholders agreement related to non-competition are subject to numerous exceptions 
and qualifications and may not prevent us and TD from competing with each other to some degree in the future. 

The terms of the stockholders agreement, our charter documents and Delaware law could inhibit a takeover 
that stockholders may consider favorable. 

Provisions in the stockholders agreement among TD and the Ricketts holders, our certificate of incorporation 
and  bylaws  and  Delaware  law  will  make  it  difficult  for  any  party  to  acquire  control  of  us  in  a  transaction  not 
approved by the requisite number of directors.  These provisions include: 

• 

• 

• 

the presence of a classified board of directors; 

the ability of the board of directors to issue and determine the terms of preferred stock; 

advance notice requirements for inclusion of stockholder proposals at stockholder meetings; and 

19 

 
• 

the anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law. 

These provisions could delay or prevent a change of control or change in management that might provide 

stockholders with a premium to the market price of their common stock. 

Our future ability to pay regular dividends to holders of our common stock is subject to the discretion of our 
board of directors and will be limited by our ability to generate sufficient earnings and cash flows. 

Payment of future cash dividends on our common stock will depend on our ability to generate earnings and 
cash flows.  However, sufficient cash may not be available to pay such dividends.  Payment of future dividends, if 
any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon a number of factors that the board of 
directors deems relevant, including future earnings, the success of our business activities, capital requirements, the 
general financial condition and future prospects of our business and general business conditions.  If we are unable to 
generate sufficient earnings and cash flows from our business, we may not be able to pay dividends on our common 
stock. 

Our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is also dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to 
pay dividends to the parent company.  Some of our subsidiaries are subject to requirements of the SEC, FINRA, the 
CFTC, the NFA and other regulators relating to liquidity, capital standards and the use of client funds and securities, 
which may limit funds available for the payment of dividends to the parent company. 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Our Company-owned corporate headquarters facility is located in Omaha, Nebraska and provides more than 
500,000 square feet of building space.  In July 2014, our headquarters facility earned Leadership in Energy and 
Environmental Design (LEED) Platinum Certification, the highest level of distinction awarded by the U.S. Green 
Building Council.  We also lease approximately 178,000 square feet of building space on property adjacent to the 
headquarters for administrative and operational facilities.  These leases expire on various dates from 2016 through 
2020. 

We lease approximately 190,000 and 140,000 square feet of building space for additional operations centers in 
Jersey City, New Jersey and Ft. Worth, Texas, respectively.  The Jersey City and Ft. Worth leases expire in 2020.  We 
lease smaller administrative and operational facilities in California, Colorado, Illinois, Maryland, Michigan, Texas 
and Utah, and we recently purchased a data center facility in Richardson, Texas.  We also lease over 100 branch 
offices located in large metropolitan areas in 34 states.  We believe that our facilities are suitable and adequate to 
meet our needs. 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

For information regarding legal proceedings, see Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies  – "Reserve Fund 
Matters" and "Other Legal and Regulatory Matters" under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

20 

 
PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities 

Price Range of Common Stock 

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “AMTD.”  The 
following table shows the high and low sales prices for our common stock for the periods indicated, as reported by 
the NYSE.  The prices reflect inter-dealer prices and do not include retail markups, markdowns or commissions. 

Common Stock Price 
For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 

2014 

2013 

First Quarter ......................................................    $ 

Second Quarter .................................................    $ 

Third Quarter ....................................................    $ 

Fourth Quarter ..................................................    $ 

High 

Low 

High 

Low 

30.68     $ 
35.82     $ 
34.32     $ 
34.61     $ 

25.47     $ 
29.78     $ 
29.18     $ 
30.43     $ 

17.24     $ 
21.56     $ 
24.51     $ 
28.12     $ 

15.20  
17.07  
18.79  
24.17  

The closing sale price of our common stock as reported on the NYSE on November 3, 2014 was $33.98 per 
share.  As of that date there were 706 holders of record of our common stock based on information provided by our 
transfer agent.  The number of stockholders of record does not reflect the number of individual or institutional 
stockholders  that  beneficially  own  our  stock  because  most  stock  is  held  in  the  name  of  nominees.    Based  on 
information available to us, we believe there are approximately 54,000 beneficial holders of our common stock. 

Dividends 

We declared and paid a $0.12 per share and a $0.09 per share quarterly cash dividend on our common stock 
during each quarter of fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively.  We also declared and paid a $0.50 per share special 
cash dividend on our common stock during the first quarters of fiscal 2014 and 2013.  On October 28, 2014, we 
declared a $0.15 per share quarterly cash dividend for the first quarter of fiscal 2015.  We paid the quarterly cash 
dividend on November 20, 2014 to all holders of record of our common stock as of November 6, 2014.  The payment 
of any future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon a number of factors 
that the board of directors deems relevant, including future earnings, the success of our business activities, capital 
requirements, the general financial condition and future prospects of our business and general business conditions. 

Our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is also dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to 
pay dividends to the parent company.  Some of our subsidiaries are subject to requirements of the SEC, FINRA, the 
CFTC, the NFA and other regulators relating to liquidity, capital standards and the use of client funds and securities, 
which may limit funds available for the payment of dividends to the parent company.  See Item 7, Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition — “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for 
further information. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

Information  about  securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  the  Company’s  equity  compensation  plans  is 
contained in Item 12 — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Graph 

The following Company common stock performance information is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to 
be “filed” with the SEC or subject to the SEC’s proxy rules or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act and 
shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any prior or subsequent filing by the Company under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act. 

The following graph and table set forth information comparing the cumulative total return through the end of 
the Company’s most recent fiscal year from a $100 investment on September 30, 2009 in the Company’s common 
stock, a broad-based stock index and the stocks comprising an industry peer group. 

Index 

TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation 

S&P 500 

Peer Group 

Period Ended 

9/30/09 
100.00  
100.00  
100.00  

9/30/10 

9/30/11 

9/30/12 

82.27  
110.16  
74.39  

75.70  
111.42  
58.86  

80.25  
145.07  
66.30  

9/30/13 
143.33  
173.13  
112.95  

9/30/14 
188.82  
207.30  
157.96  

The Peer Group is comprised of the following companies that have significant retail brokerage operations: 

E*TRADE Financial Corporation 
The Charles Schwab Corporation 

22 

 
 
 
 
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Period 
July 1, 2014 — July 31, 2014 ...................................    1,402,773    $  31.19   
695,266    $  32.32   
August 1, 2014 — August 31, 2014 ..........................   
September 1, 2014 — September 30, 2014 ..............    1,049,019    $  33.46   

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 

Average 
Price 
Paid per 
Share 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Program 
1,379,300   
695,266   
1,048,863   

Maximum Number 
of Shares that May 
Yet Be Purchased 
Under the Program 
20,620,500  
19,925,234  
18,876,371  

Total — Three months ended September 30, 2014 ...    3,147,058 

  $  32.19 

3,123,429 

18,876,371 

On  October 20,  2011, our  board  of  directors  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  30 million  shares  of  our 
common stock.  We disclosed this authorization on November 18, 2011 in our annual report on Form 10-K.  This 
program was the only stock repurchase program in effect and no programs expired during the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2014. 

During the quarter ended September 30, 2014, 23,629 shares were repurchased from employees for income tax 

withholding in connection with distributions of stock-based compensation. 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Consolidated Statements of Income Data: 
Net revenues ...................................................................    $  3,123     $  2,764     $  2,641     $  2,763     $  2,560  
965  
Operating income ...........................................................   
Net income .....................................................................   
592  
Earnings per share — basic ............................................    $  1.43     $  1.23     $  1.07     $  1.12     $  1.01  
Earnings per share — diluted .........................................    $  1.42     $  1.22     $  1.06     $  1.11     $  1.00  
585  
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic...............   
592  
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted ............   
Dividends declared per share .........................................    $  0.98     $  0.86     $  0.24     $  0.20     $  0.00  

1,048    
638    

1,285    
787    

1,056    
675    

570    
576    

550    
554    

549    
554    

934    
586    

548    
554    

As of September 30, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

(In millions) 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................    $  1,460     $  1,062     $ 
Total assets .....................................................................   
Notes payable and long-term obligations .......................   
Stockholders’ equity .......................................................   

741  
23,831     21,836     19,513     17,126     14,727  
1,323  
1,350    
1,251    
3,772  
4,425    
4,748    

915     $  1,032     $ 

1,348    
4,116    

1,052    
4,676    

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

This  discussion  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  U.S.  Private  Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about our beliefs and 
expectations, are forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements include statements preceded by, followed 
by or that include the words “may,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate,” 
“target,” “project,” “intend” and similar words or expressions.  In particular, forward-looking statements contained in 
this discussion include our expectations regarding: the effect of client trading activity on our results of operations; the 
effect of changes in interest rates on our net interest spread; diluted earnings per share; average commissions and 
transaction fees per trade; amounts of commissions and transaction fees, asset-based revenues, net interest revenue, 
insured deposit account fees, investment product fees and other revenues; net interest margin; growth in spread-
based, fee-based and interest-earning asset balances; amounts of total operating expenses, advertising expense and 
other expense; our effective income tax rate; and our capital and liquidity needs and our plans to finance such needs. 

The  Company’s  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those  anticipated  in  such  forward-looking 
statements.  Important factors that may cause such differences include, but are not limited to: general economic and 
political conditions and other securities industry risks; fluctuations in interest rates; stock market fluctuations and 
changes in client trading activity; credit risk with clients and counterparties; increased competition; systems failures, 
delays  and  capacity  constraints;  network  security  risks;  liquidity  risk;  new  laws  and  regulations  affecting  our 
business;  regulatory  and  legal  matters  and  uncertainties  and  the  other  risks  and  uncertainties  set  forth  under 
Item 1A. — Risk Factors of this Form 10-K.  The forward-looking statements contained in this report speak only as 
of the date on which the statements were made.  We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise these 
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except to the extent required by the 
federal securities laws. 

Glossary of Terms 

In discussing and analyzing our business, we utilize several metrics and other terms that are defined in the 
following Glossary of Terms.  Italics indicate other defined terms that appear elsewhere in the Glossary.  The term 
“GAAP” refers to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

Activity rate — funded accounts — Average client trades per day during the period divided by the average 

number of funded accounts during the period. 

Asset-based revenues — Revenues consisting of (1) net interest revenue, (2) insured deposit account fees and 
(3) investment product fees.  The primary factors driving our asset-based revenues are average balances and average 
rates.  Average balances consist primarily of average client margin balances, average segregated cash balances, 
average  client  credit  balances,  average  client  insured  deposit  account  balances,  average  fee-based  investment 
balances and average securities borrowing and securities lending balances.  Average rates consist of the average 
interest rates and fees earned and paid on such balances. 

Average client trades per funded account (annualized) — Total trades divided by the average number of funded 

accounts during the period, annualized based on the number of trading days in the fiscal year. 

Average client trades per day — Total trades divided by the number of trading days in the period.  This metric 

is also known as daily average revenue trades (“DARTs”). 

Average commissions and transaction fees per trade — Total commissions and transaction fee revenues as 
reported on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income (excluding clearing revenues from TD Waterhouse 
UK) divided by total trades for the period.  Commissions and transaction fee revenues primarily consist of trading 
commissions, order routing revenue and markups on riskless principal transactions in fixed-income securities. 

Basis point — When referring to interest rates, one basis point represents one one-hundredth of one percent. 

Beneficiary accounts —  Brokerage accounts managed by a custodian, guardian, conservator or trustee on 
behalf of one or more beneficiaries.  Examples include accounts maintained under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act 
(UGMA) or Uniform Transfer to Minors Act (UTMA), guardianship, conservatorship and trust arrangements and 
pension or profit plan for small business accounts. 

24 

 
Brokerage accounts —  Accounts maintained by the Company on behalf of clients for securities brokerage 
activities.    The  primary  types  of  brokerage  accounts  are  cash  accounts,  margin  accounts,  IRA  accounts  and 
beneficiary accounts.  Futures accounts are sub-accounts associated with a brokerage account for clients who wish to 
trade futures and/or options on futures. 

Cash accounts  —  Brokerage accounts that do not have margin account approval. 

Client assets —  The total value of cash and securities in brokerage accounts. 

Client cash and money market assets — The sum of all client cash balances, including client credit balances 

and client cash balances swept into insured deposit accounts or money market mutual funds. 

Client credit balances — Client cash held in brokerage accounts, excluding balances generated by client short 
sales on which no interest is paid.  Interest paid on client credit balances is a reduction of net interest revenue.  Client 
credit balances are included in “payable to clients” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Client margin balances — The total amount of cash loaned to clients in margin accounts.  Such loans are 
secured by client assets.  Interest earned on client margin balances is a component of net interest revenue.  Client 
margin balances are included in “receivable from clients, net” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Consolidated duration — The weighted average remaining years until maturity of our spread-based assets.  For 
purposes of this calculation, floating rate balances are treated as having a one-month duration.  Consolidated duration 
is used in analyzing our aggregate interest rate sensitivity. 

Daily average revenue trades (“DARTs”) — Total trades divided by the number of trading days in the period.  

This metric is also known as average client trades per day. 

EBITDA — EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) is a non-GAAP financial 
measure.  We consider EBITDA to be an important measure of our financial performance and of our ability to 
generate cash flows to service debt, fund capital expenditures and fund other corporate investing and financing 
activities.  EBITDA is used as the denominator in the consolidated leverage ratio calculation for covenant purposes 
under our holding company’s senior revolving credit facility.  EBITDA eliminates the non-cash effect of tangible 
asset depreciation and amortization and intangible asset amortization.  EBITDA should be considered in addition to, 
rather than as a substitute for, pre-tax income, net income and cash flows from operating activities. 

EPS excluding amortization of intangible assets  —  Earnings per share (“EPS”) excluding amortization of 
intangible assets is a non-GAAP financial measure.  We define EPS excluding amortization of intangible assets as 
earnings (loss) per share, adjusted to remove the after-tax effect of amortization of acquired intangible assets.  We 
consider  EPS  excluding  amortization  of  intangible  assets  an  important  measure  of  our  financial  performance.  
Amortization of acquired intangible assets is excluded because we believe it is not indicative of underlying business 
performance.  EPS excluding amortization of intangible assets should be considered in addition to, rather than as a 
substitute for, GAAP earnings per share. 

EPS from ongoing operations — EPS from ongoing operations is a non-GAAP financial measure.  We define 
EPS from ongoing operations as earnings (loss) per share, adjusted to remove any significant unusual gains or 
charges.   We  consider EPS from ongoing operations an important measure of the financial performance of our 
ongoing business.  Unusual gains and charges are excluded because we believe they are not likely to be indicative of 
the ongoing operations of our business.  EPS from ongoing operations should be considered in addition to, rather than 
as a substitute for, GAAP earnings per share. 

Fee-based investment balances — Client assets invested in money market mutual funds, other mutual funds 
and Company programs such as AdvisorDirect® and Amerivest,® on which we earn fee revenues.  Fee revenues 
earned on these balances are included in investment product fees on our Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Funded accounts — All open client accounts with a total liquidation value greater than zero. 

Futures accounts — Sub-accounts maintained by the Company on behalf of clients for trading in futures and/or 
options on futures.  Each futures account must be associated with a brokerage account.  Futures accounts are not 
counted separately for purposes of the Company’s client account metrics. 

25 

 
Insured deposit account — The Company is party to an Insured Deposit Account (“IDA”) agreement with TD 
Bank USA, N.A. (“TD Bank USA”), TD Bank, N.A. and The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD”).  Under the IDA 
agreement, TD Bank USA and TD Bank, N.A. (together, the “TD Depository Institutions”) make available to clients 
of the Company FDIC-insured money market deposit accounts as either designated sweep vehicles or as non-sweep 
deposit accounts.  The Company provides marketing, recordkeeping and support services for the TD Depository 
Institutions with respect to the money market deposit accounts.  In exchange for providing these services, the TD 
Depository Institutions pay the Company an aggregate marketing fee based on the yield earned on the client IDA 
assets, less the actual interest paid to clients, a servicing fee to the TD Depository Institutions and the cost of FDIC 
insurance premiums. 

Interest-earning assets — Consist of client margin balances, segregated cash, deposits paid on securities 

borrowing and other cash and interest-earning investment balances. 

Interest rate-sensitive assets — Consist of  spread-based assets and client cash invested in  money  market 

mutual funds. 

Investment  product  fees — Revenues  earned  on  fee-based  investment  balances.    Investment  product  fees 
include fees earned on money market mutual funds, other mutual funds and through Company programs such as 
AdvisorDirect® and Amerivest®. 

IRA accounts (Individual Retirement Arrangements) — A personal trust account for the exclusive benefit of a 
U.S. individual (or his or her beneficiaries) that provides tax advantages in accumulating funds to save for retirement 
or other qualified purposes.  These accounts are subject to numerous restrictions on additions to and withdrawals 
from the account, as well as prohibitions against certain investments or transactions conducted within the account.  
The Company offers traditional, Roth, Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (SIMPLE) and Simplified 
Employee Pension (SEP) IRA accounts. 

Liquid  assets  —  management  target — “Liquid  assets — management  target”  is  a  non-GAAP  financial 
measure.  We define “liquid assets — management target” as the sum of (a) corporate cash and cash equivalents, 
(b) corporate short-term investments and (c) regulatory net capital of (i) our clearing broker-dealer subsidiary in 
excess of 10% of aggregate debit items and (ii) our introducing broker-dealer subsidiaries in excess of a minimum 
operational target established by management ($50 million in the case of our primary introducing broker-dealer, TD 
Ameritrade, Inc.).  We include the excess capital of our broker-dealer subsidiaries in “liquid assets — management 
target,” rather than simply including broker-dealer cash and cash equivalents, because capital requirements may limit 
the amount of cash available for dividend from the broker-dealer subsidiaries to the parent company.  Excess capital, 
as defined under clause (c) above, is generally available for dividend from the broker-dealer subsidiaries to the parent 
company.  “Liquid assets — management target” is based on more conservative measures of broker-dealer net capital 
than  “liquid  assets — regulatory  threshold”  (defined  below)  because  we  prefer  to  maintain  significantly  more 
conservative levels of net capital at the broker-dealer subsidiaries than the regulatory thresholds require.  We consider 
“liquid assets — management target” to be a measure that reflects our liquidity that would be readily available for 
corporate investing and financing activities under normal operating circumstances.  “Liquid assets — regulatory 
threshold” is a related metric that reflects our liquidity that would be available for corporate investing and financing 
activities  under  unusual  operating  circumstances,  such  as  the  need  to  provide  funding  for  significant  strategic 
business transactions.  Our liquid assets metrics should be considered as supplemental measures of liquidity, rather 
than as substitutes for cash and cash equivalents. 

Liquid  assets — regulatory  threshold — “Liquid  assets — regulatory  threshold”  is  a  non-GAAP  financial 
measure.  We define “liquid assets — regulatory threshold” as the sum of (a) corporate cash and cash equivalents, 
(b) corporate short-term investments, (c) regulatory net capital of (i) our clearing broker-dealer subsidiary in excess 
of 5% of aggregate debit items and (ii) our introducing broker-dealer subsidiaries in excess of the applicable “early 
warning” net capital requirement and (d) Tier 1 capital of our trust company in excess of the minimum requirement.  
We include the excess capital of our broker-dealer and trust company subsidiaries in “liquid assets — regulatory 
threshold,” rather than simply including broker-dealer and trust company cash and cash equivalents, because capital 
requirements  may  limit  the  amount  of  cash  available  for  dividend  from  the  broker-dealer  and  trust  company 
subsidiaries to the parent company.  Excess capital, as defined under clauses (c) and (d) above, is generally available 
for dividend from the broker-dealer and trust company subsidiaries to the parent company.  We consider “liquid 
assets — regulatory threshold” to be a measure that reflects our liquidity  that  would be available for corporate 

26 

 
investing and financing activities under unusual operating circumstances, such as the need to provide funding for 
significant strategic business transactions.  “Liquid assets — management target” is a related metric that reflects our 
liquidity that would be readily available for corporate investing and financing activities under normal operating 
circumstances.  Our liquid assets metrics should be considered as supplemental measures of liquidity, rather than as 
substitutes for cash and cash equivalents. 

Liquidation value — The net value of a client’s account holdings as of the close of a regular trading session.  
Liquidation value includes client cash and the value of long security positions, less margin balances and the cost to 
buy back short security positions.  It also includes the value of open futures, foreign exchange and options positions. 

Margin accounts — Brokerage accounts in which clients may borrow from the Company to buy securities or 

for any other purpose, subject to regulatory and Company-imposed limitations. 

Market fee-based investment balances — Client assets invested in mutual funds (except money market funds) 
and Company programs such as AdvisorDirect® and Amerivest,® on which we earn fee revenues that are largely 
based on a percentage of the market value of the investment.  Market fee-based investment balances are a component 
of fee-based investment balances.  Fee revenues earned on these balances are included in investment product fees on 
our Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Net interest margin (“NIM”) — A measure of the net yield on our average spread-based assets.  Net interest 
margin is calculated for a given period by dividing the annualized sum of net interest revenue and insured deposit 
account fees by average spread-based assets. 

Net interest revenue — Net interest revenue is interest revenues less brokerage interest expense.  Interest 
revenues are generated by charges to clients on margin balances maintained in margin accounts, the investment of 
cash from operations and segregated cash and interest earned on securities borrowing/securities lending.  Brokerage 
interest expense consists of amounts paid or payable to clients based on credit balances maintained in brokerage 
accounts and interest incurred on  securities borrowing/securities lending.  Brokerage interest expense does not 
include interest on Company non-brokerage borrowings. 

Net new assets — Consists of total client asset inflows, less total client asset outflows, excluding activity from 
business combinations.  Client asset inflows include interest and dividend payments and exclude changes in client 
assets due to market fluctuations.  Net new assets are measured based on the market value of the assets as of the date 
of the inflows and outflows. 

Net new asset growth rate (annualized) — Annualized net new assets as a percentage of client assets as of the 

beginning of the period. 

Operating  expenses  excluding  advertising — Operating  expenses  excluding  advertising  is  a  non-GAAP 
financial measure.  Operating expenses excluding advertising consists of total operating expenses, adjusted to remove 
advertising expense.  We consider operating expenses excluding advertising an important measure of the financial 
performance of our ongoing business.  Advertising spending is excluded because it is largely at the discretion of the 
Company, can vary significantly from period to period based on market conditions and generally relates to the 
acquisition of future revenues through new accounts rather than current revenues from existing accounts.  Operating 
expenses excluding advertising should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, total operating 
expenses. 

Order routing revenue — Revenues generated from revenue-sharing arrangements with market destinations 
(also referred to as "payment for order flow").  Order routing revenue is a component of transaction-based revenues. 

Securities borrowing — We borrow securities temporarily from other broker-dealers in connection with our 
broker-dealer business.  We deposit cash as collateral for the securities borrowed, and generally earn interest revenue 
on the cash deposited with the counterparty.  We also incur interest expense for borrowing certain securities. 

Securities lending — We loan securities temporarily to other broker-dealers in connection with our broker-
dealer business.  We receive cash as collateral for the securities loaned, and generally incur interest expense on the 
cash deposited with us.  We also earn revenue for lending certain securities. 

27 

 
Segregated cash — Client cash and investments segregated in compliance with Rule 15c3-3 of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 (the Customer Protection Rule) and other regulations.  Interest earned on segregated cash is a 
component of net interest revenue. 

Spread-based assets — Client and brokerage-related asset balances, consisting of interest-earning assets and 
insured deposit account balances.  Spread-based assets is used in the calculation of our net interest margin and our 
consolidated duration. 

Total trades — Revenue-generating client securities trades, which are executed by the Company’s broker-dealer 
subsidiaries,  excluding  trades  processed  for  TD  Waterhouse  UK.    Total  trades  are  a  significant  source  of  the 
Company’s  revenues.    Such  trades  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  trades  in  equities,  options,  futures,  foreign 
exchange, mutual funds and debt instruments.  Trades generate revenue from commissions, markups on riskless 
principal transactions in fixed income securities, transaction fees and/or order routing revenue. 

Trading days — Days in which the U.S. equity markets are open for a full trading session.  Reduced exchange 

trading sessions are treated as half trading days. 

Transaction-based  revenues — Revenues  generated  from  client  trade  execution,  consisting  primarily  of 
commissions, markups on riskless principal transactions in fixed income securities, transaction clearing fees and 
order routing revenue. 

Financial Statement Overview 

We provide securities brokerage and clearing services to our clients through our introducing and clearing 
broker-dealers.  Substantially all of our net revenues are derived from our brokerage activities and clearing and 
execution services.  Our primary focus is serving retail clients and independent registered investment advisors by 
providing services with straightforward, affordable pricing. 

Our largest sources of revenues are asset-based revenues and transaction-based revenues.  The primary factors 
driving our asset-based revenues are average balances and average rates.  Average balances consist primarily of 
average client margin balances, average segregated cash balances, average client credit balances, average client 
insured deposit account balances, average fee-based investment balances and average  securities borrowing and 
lending balances.  Average rates consist of the average interest rates and fees earned and paid on such balances.  The 
primary  factors  driving  our  transaction-based  revenues  are  total  client  trades  and  average  commissions  and 
transaction fees per trade.  We also receive order routing revenue, which results from arrangements we have with 
many execution agents to receive cash payments in exchange for routing trade orders to these firms for execution.  
Order routing revenue is included in commissions and transaction fees on our Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Our largest operating expense generally is employee compensation and benefits.  Employee compensation and 
benefits expense includes salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation, group insurance, contributions to benefit 
programs, recruitment, severance and other related employee costs. 

Clearing and execution costs include incremental third-party expenses that tend to fluctuate as a result of 
fluctuations in client accounts or trades.  Examples of expenses included in this category are outsourced clearing 
services,  statement  and  confirmation  processing  and  postage  costs  and  clearing  expenses  paid  to  the  National 
Securities Clearing Corporation, option exchanges and other market centers.  Communications expense includes 
telecommunications, other postage, news and quote costs.  Occupancy and equipment costs include the costs of 
leasing and maintaining our office spaces and the lease expenses on computer and other equipment.  Depreciation and 
amortization  includes  depreciation  on  property  and  equipment  and  amortization  of  leasehold  improvements.  
Amortization of acquired intangible assets consists of amortization of amounts allocated to the value of intangible 
assets acquired in business combinations. 

Professional  services  expense  includes  costs  paid  to  outside  firms  for  assistance  with  legal,  accounting, 
technology,  regulatory,  marketing  and  general  management  issues.    Advertising  costs  include  production  and 
placement of advertisements in various media, including online, television, print and direct mail, as well as client 
promotion and development costs.  Advertising expenses may fluctuate significantly from period to period.  Other 
operating expenses include provision  for bad debt losses, fraud and error losses, gains or losses on disposal of 
property, insurance expenses, travel expenses and other miscellaneous expenses. 

28 

 
Interest on borrowings consists of interest expense on our long-term debt, capital leases and other borrowings.  

Gain on investments represents net gains realized on corporate (non broker-dealer) investments. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make judgments and estimates that may 
have a significant impact upon our financial results.  Note 1, under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data — Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements, of this Form 10-K contains a summary of our significant 
accounting policies, many of which require the use of estimates and assumptions.  We believe that the following areas 
are particularly subject to management’s judgments and estimates and could materially affect our results of operations 
and financial position. 

Valuation of goodwill and acquired intangible assets 

We test goodwill and our indefinite-lived acquired intangible asset for impairment on at least an annual basis, 
or whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable.  In performing the 
goodwill impairment tests, we utilize quoted market prices of our common stock to estimate the fair value of the 
Company as a  whole.  The estimated fair value is then allocated to our reporting units, if applicable, based on 
operating revenues, and is compared with the carrying value of the reporting units.  No impairment charges have 
resulted from our annual goodwill impairment tests. 

To determine if the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, we first assess certain qualitative factors.  
Based on this assessment, if it is determined that more likely than not the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible 
asset is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative impairment test.  No impairment charges have 
resulted from the annual indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests. 

We  review  our  finite-lived  acquired  intangible  assets  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such asset may not be recoverable.  We evaluate recoverability by 
comparing the undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset to the asset’s carrying amount.  We also evaluate the 
remaining useful lives of intangible assets each reporting period to determine if events or trends warrant a revision to 
the remaining period of amortization.  We have had no events or trends that have warranted a material revision to the 
originally estimated useful lives. 

Estimates of effective income tax rates, uncertain tax positions, deferred income taxes and related 
valuation allowances 

We estimate our income tax expense based on the various jurisdictions where we conduct business.  This 
requires us to estimate our current income tax obligations and to assess temporary differences between the financial 
statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities.  Temporary differences result in deferred income 
tax assets and liabilities.  We must evaluate the likelihood that deferred income tax assets will be realized.  To the 
extent we determine that realization is not “more likely than not,” we establish a valuation allowance.  Establishing or 
increasing a valuation allowance results in a corresponding increase to income tax expense in our Consolidated 
Statements of Income.  Conversely, to the extent circumstances indicate that a valuation allowance can be reduced or 
is no longer necessary, that portion of the valuation allowance is reversed, reducing income tax expense. 

We must make significant judgments to calculate our provision for income taxes, our deferred income tax assets 
and liabilities and any valuation allowance against our deferred income tax assets.  We must also exercise judgment 
in determining the need for, and amount of, any accruals for uncertain tax positions.  Because the application of tax 
laws and regulations to many types of transactions is subject to varying interpretations, amounts reported in our 
consolidated financial statements could be significantly changed at a later date upon final determinations by taxing 
authorities. 

Accruals for contingent liabilities 

Accruals for contingent liabilities, such as legal and regulatory claims and proceedings, reflect an estimate of 
probable losses for each matter.  In making such estimates, we consider many factors, including the progress of the 
matter, prior experience and the experience of others in similar matters, available defenses, insurance coverage, 
indemnification provisions and the advice of legal counsel and other experts.  In many matters, such as those in 
29 

 
which substantial or indeterminate damages or fines are sought, or where cases or proceedings are in the early stages, 
it is not possible to determine whether a loss will be incurred, or to estimate the range of that loss, until the matter is 
close to resolution, in which case no accrual is made until that time.  Because matters may be resolved over long 
periods of time, accruals are adjusted as more information becomes available or when an event occurs requiring a 
change.  Significant judgment is required in making these estimates, and the actual cost of resolving a matter may 
ultimately differ materially from the amount accrued. 

Valuation of guarantees 

We enter into guarantees in the ordinary course of business, primarily to meet the needs of our clients and to 
manage our asset-based revenues.  We record a liability for the estimated fair value of the guarantee at its inception.  
If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, our results of operations could be materially affected.  For 
further  details  regarding  our  guarantees,  see  the  following  sections  under  Item 8,  Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements: “Guarantees” under Note 13 — Commitments 
and Contingencies and “Insured Deposit Account Agreement” under Note 18 — Related Party Transactions. 

Results of Operations 

Conditions in the U.S. equity markets significantly impact the volume of our clients’ trading activity.  There is a 
direct correlation between the volume of our clients’ trading activity and our results of operations.  We cannot predict 
future trading volumes in the U.S. equity markets.  If client trading activity increases, we expect that it would have a 
positive impact on our results of operations.  If client trading activity declines,  we  expect that it  would have a 
negative impact on our results of operations. 

Changes  in  average  balances,  especially  client  margin,  credit,  insured  deposit  account  and  mutual  fund 
balances, may significantly impact our results of operations.  Changes in interest rates also significantly impact our 
results of operations.  We seek to mitigate interest rate risk by aligning the average duration of our interest-earning 
assets with that of our interest-bearing liabilities.  We cannot predict the direction of interest rates or the levels of 
client balances.  If interest rates rise, we generally expect to earn a larger net interest spread.  Conversely, a falling 
interest rate environment generally would result in our earning a smaller net interest spread. 

Financial Performance Metrics 

Pre-tax income, net income, earnings per share and EBITDA are key metrics we use in evaluating our financial 

performance.  EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. 

We consider EBITDA to be an important measure of our financial performance and of our ability to generate 
cash flows to service debt, fund capital expenditures and fund other corporate investing and financing activities.  
EBITDA is used as the denominator in the consolidated leverage ratio calculation for covenant purposes under our 
holding  company’s  senior  revolving  credit  facility.    EBITDA  eliminates  the  non-cash  effect  of  tangible  asset 
depreciation and amortization and intangible asset amortization.  EBITDA should be considered in addition to, rather 
than as a substitute for, pre-tax income, net income and cash flows from operating activities. 

30 

 
The following table sets forth EBITDA in dollars and as a percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated, 
and  provides  reconciliations  to  net  income,  which  is  the  most  directly  comparable  GAAP  measure  (dollars  in 
millions): 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

EBITDA............................................................    $ 1,480    

$ 

% of Net 
Revenues 
47.4  %    $ 1,290    

$ 

% of Net 
Revenues 
46.7  %    $ 1,098    

$ 

% of Net 
Revenues 

41.6  % 

Less: 

Depreciation and amortization .........................  

(95 )   

(3.0 )%   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets ......  

(90 )   

(2.9 )%   

Interest on borrowings ......................................  

(25 )   

(0.8 )%   

(86 )   

(91 )   

(25 )   

(3.1 )%   

(3.3 )%   

(0.9 )%   

(72 )   

(92 )   

(28 )   

(2.7 )% 

(3.5 )% 

(1.1 )% 

Provision for income taxes ...............................  

(483 )   

(15.5 )%   

(413 )   

(14.9 )%   

(320 )   

(12.1 )% 

Net income ........................................................    $  787 

25.2  %    $  675 

24.4  %    $  586 

22.2  % 

Our EBITDA increased 15% for fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to a 13% increase in net 
revenues, partially offset by an 8% increase in operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization and a $47 
million decrease in net gains on investments.  The increase in net revenues was due to a 15% increase in transaction-
based  revenues  and  a  12%  increase  in  asset-based  revenues.    The  increase  in  operating  expenses  excluding 
depreciation and amortization was primarily due to a 10% increase in employee compensation and benefits expense,  
a  23%  increase  in  clearing  and  execution  costs,  a  5%  increase  in  advertising  expense  and  a  7%  increase  in 
professional services expense.  Detailed analysis of our operating results is presented later in this discussion. 

Our diluted earnings per share was $1.42, $1.22 and $1.06 for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  
Higher EBITDA for fiscal 2014 contributed to a 17% increase in net income compared to the prior year.  Based on 
our expectations for net revenues and expenses, we expect diluted earnings per share to range from $1.45 to $1.70 for 
fiscal year 2015, depending largely on the level of client trading activity, client asset growth and the nature of the 
interest rate environment.  Details regarding our fiscal year 2015 expectations for net revenues and expenses are 
presented later in this discussion. 

Operating Metrics 

Our largest sources of revenues are asset-based revenues and transaction-based revenues.  For fiscal 2014, 
asset-based revenues and transaction-based revenues accounted for 55% and 43% of our net revenues, respectively.  
Asset-based revenues consist of (1) net interest revenue, (2) insured deposit account fees and (3) investment product 
fees.  The primary factors driving our asset-based revenues are average balances and average rates.  Average balances 
consist primarily of average client margin balances, average segregated cash balances, average client credit balances, 
average  client  insured  deposit  account  balances,  average  fee-based  investment  balances  and  average  securities 
borrowing and lending balances.  Average rates consist of the average interest rates and fees earned and paid on such 
balances.  The primary factors driving our transaction-based revenues are total client trades and average commissions 
and transaction fees per trade.  We also consider client account and client asset metrics, although we believe they are 
generally of less significance to our results of operations for any particular period than our metrics for asset-based 
and transaction-based revenues. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-Based Revenue Metrics 

We calculate the return on our interest-earning assets and our insured deposit account balances using a measure 
we refer to as net interest margin.  Net interest margin is calculated for a given period by dividing the annualized sum 
of net interest revenue and insured deposit account fees by average spread-based assets.  Spread-based assets consist 
of client and brokerage-related asset balances, including client margin balances, segregated cash, insured deposit 
account balances, deposits paid on securities borrowing and other cash and interest-earning investment balances.  The 
following table sets forth net interest margin and average spread-based assets (dollars in millions): 

Average interest-earning assets ............................    $ 18,541  
Average insured deposit account balances ...........    72,933  
  $ 91,474  

Average spread-based balances ............................ 

2014 

Net interest revenue .............................................    $ 
Insured deposit account fee revenue ....................   

Spread-based revenue ........................................... 

581 
820  
  $  1,401  

Fiscal Year 

2013 
  $ 15,857  
  67,981  
  $ 83,838  

2012 
  $ 14,884  
  59,384  
  $ 74,268  

‘14 vs. ‘13 
Increase/ 
(Decrease) 

  $  2,684  
4,952  
  $  7,636  

  $ 

‘13 vs. ‘12 
Increase/ 
(Decrease) 
973  
8,597  
  $  9,570  

  $ 

469 
804  
  $  1,273  

  $ 

450 
828  
  $  1,278  

  $ 

  $ 

112 
16  
128  

  $ 

  $ 

19 
(24 ) 

(5 ) 

Average yield — interest-earning assets ..............   
Average yield — insured deposit account fees ....   
Net interest margin (NIM) ...................................   

3.09 %  
1.11 %  
1.51 %  

2.92 %  
1.17 %  
1.50 %  

2.97 %  
1.37 %  
1.69 %  

0.17  %  
(0.06 )%  
0.01  %  

(0.05 )% 
(0.20 )% 
(0.19 )% 

The following tables set forth key metrics that we use in analyzing net interest revenue, which is a component 

of net interest margin (dollars in millions): 

Interest Revenue (Expense) 
Fiscal Year 

2014 

2013 

2012 

‘14 vs. ‘13 
Increase/  
(Decrease) 

Segregated cash .................................................    $ 

Client margin balances ......................................   

Securities lending/borrowing, net ......................   

Other cash and interest-earning investments .....   

Client credit balances ........................................   

  $ 
Net interest revenue...........................................  

7     $ 

405    
169    
1    
(1 )   
581     $ 

6     $ 

345    
118    
1    
(1 )   
469     $ 

4     $ 

345    
101    
1    
(1 )   
450     $ 

‘13 vs. ‘12 
Increase/  
(Decrease) 
2  
—  
17  
—  
—  
19  

1     $ 
60    
51    
—    
—    
112     $ 

Average Balance 
Fiscal Year 

Segregated cash .................................................    $ 

Client margin balances .......................................   

Securities borrowing ..........................................   

Other cash and interest-earning investments .....   

Interest-earning assets ........................................ 

2014 
5,307     $ 
10,493    
1,085    
1,656    

2012 
4,346    
8,200    
804    
1,534    
  $  18,541     $  15,857     $  14,884    

2013 
4,626     $ 
8,576    
1,056    
1,599    

Client credit balances .........................................    $  11,240 
Securities lending ...............................................   

  $ 

9,171 
1,969    
  $  13,753     $  11,608     $  11,140    

9,469 
2,139    

2,513    

  $ 

Interest-bearing liabilities ................................... 

‘14 vs. ‘13 
% 
Change 

‘13 vs. ‘12 
% 
Change 

15 %   

22 %   

3 %   

4 %   

17 %   

19 %   

17 %   

18 %   

6 % 

5 % 

31 % 

4 % 

7 % 

3 % 

9 % 

4 % 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Average Yield (Cost) 
Fiscal Year 

‘14 vs. ‘13 
Net Yield 
Increase/ 
(Decrease) 

‘13 vs. ‘12 
Net Yield 
Increase/ 
(Decrease) 

Segregated cash .................................................   

2014 
0.13  %   

2013 

2012 

0.12  %   

0.08  %   

0.01  %   

0.04  % 

Client margin balances .......................................   

3.81  %   

3.97  %   

4.13  %   

(0.16 )%   

(0.16 )% 

Other cash and interest-earning investments .....   

0.07  %   

0.08  %   

0.09  %   

(0.01 )%   

(0.01 )% 

Client credit balances .........................................   

(0.01 )%   

(0.01 )%   

(0.01 )%   

0.00  %   

0.00  % 

Net interest revenue ............................................ 

3.09  %   

2.92  %   

2.97  %   

0.17  %   

(0.05 )% 

The following tables set forth key metrics that we use in analyzing investment product fee revenues (dollars in 

millions): 

Fee Revenue 
Fiscal Year 

2014 

2013 

2012 

‘14 vs. ‘13 
Increase/  
(Decrease) 

‘13 vs. ‘12 
Increase/  
(Decrease) 

Money market mutual fund ...............................    $ 

Market fee-based investment balances ..............   

  $ 
Total investment product fees ...........................  

—     $ 
309    
309     $ 

1     $ 

249    
250     $ 

3     $ 

193    
196     $ 

(1 )    $ 
60    
59     $ 

(2 ) 
56  
54  

Money market mutual fund ................................    $ 
Market fee-based investment balances ..............    131,360     107,653    

Total fee-based investment balances .................. 

Average Balance 
Fiscal Year 

2014 
5,306     $ 

2013 
5,163     $ 

2012 
5,113    
81,024    
  $ 136,666     $ 112,816     $  86,137    

‘14 vs. ‘13 
%  
Change 

‘13 vs. ‘12 
%  
Change 

3 %   

22 %   

21 %   

1 % 

33 % 

31 % 

Average Yield 
Fiscal Year 

2014 

2013 

2012 

‘14 vs. ‘13 
Increase/  
(Decrease) 

‘13 vs. ‘12 
Increase/  
(Decrease) 

Money market mutual fund ...............................   

0.00 %   

Market fee-based investment balances ..............   

0.23 %   

0.02 %   

0.23 %   

0.07 %   

(0.02 )%   

(0.05 )% 

0.23 %   

0.00  %   

0.00  % 

Total investment product fees ...........................  

0.22 %   

0.22 %   

0.22 %   

0.00  %   

0.00  % 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transaction-Based Revenue Metrics 

The  following  table  sets  forth  several  key  metrics  regarding  client  trading  activity,  which  we  utilize  in 

measuring and evaluating performance and the results of our operations: 

Total trades (in millions) .................................................    106.94  
Average client trades per day ..........................................    426,888  
17.4  
Average client trades per funded account (annualized) ..   
6.9 %  

Activity rate — funded accounts ....................................   

2014 

Fiscal Year 

2013 
92.85  
  373,630  
15.8  
6.3 %  

2012 
89.91  
  359,631  
15.8  
6.3 %  

250.5  
Trading days ...................................................................   
Average commissions and transaction fees per trade(1) ...    $  12.62  
304  
Order routing revenue (in millions) ................................    $ 
Average order routing revenue per trade(2) ......................    $  2.84  

248.5  
  $  12.61  
236  
  $ 
  $  2.54  

250.0  
  $  12.09  
184  
  $ 
  $  2.05  

  ‘14 vs. ‘13 
%  
Change   
15 %  

‘13 vs. ‘12 
%  
Change 

3  % 

4  % 

0  % 

0  % 

(1 )% 

4  % 

28  % 

24  % 

14 %  

10 %  

10 %  

1 %  

0 %  

29 %  

12 %  

(1)  Average commissions and transaction fees per trade excludes the TD Waterhouse UK business. 
(2)  Average order routing revenue per trade is included in average commissions and transaction fees per trade. 

Client Account and Client Asset Metrics 

The following table sets forth certain metrics regarding client accounts and client assets, which we use to 

analyze growth and trends in our client base: 

Funded accounts (beginning of year) ...........................................    5,993,000  
Funded accounts (end of year) .....................................................    6,301,000  
Percentage change during year ....................................................   

5 %   

2014 

Fiscal Year 

2013 
  5,764,000  
  5,993,000  

2012 
  5,617,000  
  5,764,000  

4 %   

3 % 

Client assets (beginning of year, in billions) ................................    $ 

Client assets (end of year, in billions) ..........................................    $ 

555.9 
653.1  

  $ 

  $ 

472.3 
555.9  

  $ 

  $ 

378.7 
472.3  

Percentage change during year ....................................................   

17 %   

18 %   

25 % 

Net new assets (in billions) ..........................................................    $ 

53.4 

  $ 

49.5 

  $ 

40.8 

Net new assets annualized growth rate ........................................   

10 %   

10 %   

11 % 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Income Data 

The following table summarizes certain data from our Consolidated Statements of Income for analysis purposes 

(dollars in millions): 

Fiscal Year 

2014 

2013 

2012 

‘14 vs. ‘13 
%  
Change 

‘13 vs. ‘12 
%  
Change 

Revenues: 

Transaction-based revenues: 

Commissions and transaction fees .................... 

  $  1,351  

  $  1,171  

  $  1,087  

15  %   

8  % 

Asset-based revenues: 

Interest revenue ................................................ 
Brokerage interest expense ............................... 

587  
(6 ) 

Net interest revenue .......................................... 

581 

Insured deposit account fees ............................. 
Investment product fees .................................... 

820 
309  

Total asset-based revenues ...............................  

Other revenues .................................................   

Net revenues ....................................................  

Operating expenses: 

Employee compensation and benefits ..............   

Clearing and execution costs ............................   

Communications ..............................................   

Occupancy and equipment costs ......................   

Depreciation and amortization .........................   

Amortization of acquired intangible assets ......   

Professional services ........................................   

Advertising .......................................................   

Other ................................................................   

1,710 
62  
3,123  

760  
134  
116  
156  
95  
90  
155  
250  
82  
1,838  

476  
(7 ) 

469 

804 
250  

1,523 
70  
2,764  

692  
109  
113  
160  
86  
91  
145  
239  
73  
1,708  

1,056 

Total operating expenses .................................. 

Operating income ............................................   

1,285 

Other expense (income): 

Interest on borrowings......................................   

Gain on investments, net ..................................   

Total other expense (income) ........................... 

25  
(10 ) 

15 

25  
(57 ) 

(32 ) 

Pre-tax income .................................................   
Provision for income taxes ..............................   

Net income ......................................................    $ 

1,270 
483  
787  

1,088 
413  
675  

  $ 

  $ 

456  
(6 ) 

450 

828 
196  

1,474 
80  
2,641  

690  
89  
111  
150  
72  
92  
168  
248  
87  
1,707  

934 

28  
—  

28 

906 
320  
586  

23  %   
(14 )%   

24  %   

2  %   
24  %   

12  %   

4  % 
17  % 

4  % 

(3 )% 
28  % 

3  % 

(11 )%   

(13 )% 

13  %   

5  % 

10  %   

23  %   

3  %   

(3 )%   

10  %   

(1 )%   

7  %   

5  %   

0  % 

22  % 

2  % 

7  % 

19  % 

(1 )% 

(14 )% 

(4 )% 

12  %   

(16 )% 

8  %   

0  % 

22  %   

13  % 

0  %   

(11 )% 

(82 )%   

N/A   

17  %   

17  %   

17  %   

N/A 

N/A 

20  % 

29  % 

15  % 

Other information: 
Effective income tax rate .................................   
Average debt outstanding ................................    $  1,106  
Effective interest rate incurred on 

38.0 %   

38.0 %   

35.3 %     

  $  1,151  

  $  1,257  

(4 )%   

(8 )% 

borrowings ...................................................   

2.20 %   

2.14 %   

2.21 %     

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2013 

Net Revenues 

Commissions and transaction fees increased 15% to $1.35 billion, primarily due to increased client trading 
activity.  Total trades increased 15%, as average client trades per day increased 14% to 426,888 for fiscal 2014 
compared to 373,630 for fiscal 2013, and there were two more trading days during fiscal 2014.  Two trading days 
were lost during the prior year due to unscheduled market closures resulting from Hurricane Sandy.  Average client 
trades per funded account were 17.4 for fiscal 2014 compared to 15.8 for fiscal 2013.  Average commissions and 
transaction fees per trade was relatively unchanged overall at $12.62 for fiscal 2014 compared to $12.61 for fiscal 
2013, as a 12% increase in average order routing revenue per trade was mostly offset by a higher percentage of 
reduced commission trades, including negotiated rates for our active trader clients and promotional trades to attract 
new accounts and client assets, as well as lower average contracts per trade on option trades.  We expect average 
commissions and transaction fees to range between $12.50 and $12.75 per trade during fiscal 2015, depending on the 
mix of client trading activity, level of order routing revenue and other factors.  We expect revenues from commissions 
and transaction fees to range from $1.26 billion to $1.49 billion for fiscal 2015, depending on the volume of client 
trading activity, average commissions and transaction fees per trade and other factors. 

Asset-based revenues, which consist of net interest revenue, insured deposit account fees and investment 
product fees, increased 12% to $1.71 billion, primarily due to a 9% increase in average spread-based assets and a 
22% increase in average market fee-based investment balances.  Our net interest margin was relatively unchanged at 
1.51% for fiscal 2014, compared to 1.50% for the prior year, as increased net interest revenue from our securities 
borrowing/lending program was mostly offset by lower average yields earned on client margin and insured deposit 
account balances.  We expect net interest margin to range between 1.49% and 1.57% for fiscal 2015, depending 
largely on the interest rate environment.  We expect asset-based revenues to increase to between $1.79 billion and 
$2.01 billion for fiscal 2015, primarily due to expected growth in spread-based and fee-based asset balances.  The low 
end of this estimated range assumes no change in the federal funds rate or LIBOR yield curve for fiscal 2015.  The 
high end of the estimated range assumes a gradual increase in the federal funds rate and in interest rates across the 
LIBOR yield curve for fiscal 2015.  The following paragraphs provide further analysis of the components of asset-
based revenues. 

Net interest revenue increased 24% to $581 million, primarily due to a 22% increase in average client margin 
balances and a $51 million increase in net interest revenue from our securities borrowing/lending program, partially 
offset by a decrease of 16 basis points in the average yield earned on client margin balances.  We expect net interest 
revenue to increase to between $590 million and $675 million for fiscal 2015, primarily due to expected growth in 
average  interest-earning  asset  balances,  with  the  extent  of  the  increase  also  dependent  on  the  interest  rate 
environment. 

Insured deposit account fees increased 2% to $820 million, primarily due to a 7% increase in average client 
IDA balances, mostly offset by a decrease of 6 basis points in the average yield earned on the IDA assets.  The 
increased IDA balances are mostly due to our success in attracting net new client assets over the past year.  We expect 
insured deposit account fees to increase to between $860 million and $945 million for fiscal 2015, primarily due to 
expected  growth  in  average  IDA  balances,  with  the  extent  of  the  increase  also  dependent  on  the  interest  rate 
environment.  For more information about the IDA agreement, please see Note 18 — Related Party Transactions 
under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Investment product fees increased 24% to $309 million, primarily due to a 22% increase in average market fee-
based investment balances.  We expect investment product fees to increase to between $340 million and $385 million 
for fiscal 2015, primarily due to expected growth in average fee-based investment balances. 

Other revenues decreased 11% to $62 million, due primarily to lower client education revenue.  We expect 

other revenues to decrease to between $50 million and $60 million for fiscal 2015. 

36 

 
Operating Expenses 

Total operating expenses increased 8% to $1.84 billion during fiscal 2014, as described below.  Analysis of the 
individual components of operating expenses is provided below.  We expect total operating expenses to range from 
$1.8 billion to $2.0 billion for fiscal 2015. 

Employee compensation and benefits expense increased 10% to $760 million, primarily due to an increase in 
average  headcount  related  to  strategic  growth  initiatives  and  higher  incentive-based  compensation  related  to 
Company and individual performance.  The average number of full-time equivalent employees increased to 5,578 for 
fiscal 2014 compared to 5,310 for fiscal 2013. 

Clearing and execution costs increased 23% to $134 million, primarily due to higher client trading volumes, 

increased option clearing and execution costs and increased client statement processing costs. 

Occupancy and equipment costs decreased 3% to $156 million, primarily due to costs associated with exiting 
our previous headquarters building and placing our new Omaha corporate campus in service during the prior year. 

Depreciation and amortization increased 10% to $95 million, primarily due to depreciation on our new Omaha 

corporate campus, which was placed in service in April 2013, and on recent technology infrastructure upgrades. 

Professional services increased 7% to $155 million, primarily due to higher costs associated with legal and 
regulatory  matters  and  increased  usage  of  consulting  and  contract  services  in  connection  with  operational  and 
technology projects. 

Advertising expense increased 5% to $250 million, primarily due to increased advertising in connection with 
our sponsorship of the Winter Olympics and an increase in new account promotions.  We generally adjust our level of 
advertising spending in relation to stock market activity and other market conditions in an effort to maximize the 
number of new accounts while minimizing the advertising cost per new account.  We find trading volumes in the 
stock market to be an effective indicator of self-directed investor engagement.  When self-directed investors are 
actively engaged in the stock market, we tend to experience more success with our advertising, resulting in a lower 
cost per new account.  We also find that self-directed investors tend to demonstrate more interest in financial products 
and services during certain times of the year, such as in the months immediately preceding the annual April tax filing 
deadline, and less interest during certain other times, such as the summer months.   In addition, in periods when 
advertising market demand is weak, we may adjust our spending to take advantage of attractive advertising rates.  We 
expect advertising expense to range from $230 million to $270 million for fiscal 2015. 

Other operating expenses increased 12% to $82 million, primarily due to higher travel expenses during fiscal 

2014 and the impact of a $4 million bad debt recovery during the prior year. 

Other Expense (Income) and Income Taxes 

Other expense (income) represented $15 million of expense during fiscal 2014 and $32 million of income 
during fiscal 2013.  The change was primarily due to $49 million of net gains recognized on our investment in Knight 
Capital Group, Inc. during the prior year.  We expect to incur other expense ranging from $25 million to $40 million 
for fiscal 2015, consisting primarily of interest on borrowings. 

Our effective income tax rate was 38.0% for both fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013.  The effective tax rate for fiscal 
2014 includes $10 million of favorable resolutions of state income tax matters, partially offset by $2 million of 
unfavorable deferred income tax adjustments resulting from state income tax law changes.  These items had a net 
favorable impact on the Company’s earnings for fiscal 2014 of approximately one cent per share.  We expect our 
effective income tax rate to range from 38% to 39% for fiscal 2015, excluding the effect of any adjustments related to 
remeasurement or resolution of uncertain tax positions.  However, we expect to experience some volatility in our 
quarterly and annual effective income tax rate because current accounting rules for uncertain tax positions require 
that any change in measurement of a tax position taken in a prior tax year be recognized as a discrete event in the 
period in which the change occurs. 

37 

 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2013 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2012 

Net Revenues 

Commissions and transaction fees increased 8% to $1.17 billion, primarily due to growth in funded accounts 
and higher average commissions and transaction fees per trade, partially offset by the effect of 1.5 fewer trading days 
during fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012.  Total trades increased 3%, as average client trades per day increased 4% 
to 373,630 for fiscal 2013 compared to 359,631 for fiscal 2012.  Funded accounts increased 4% during fiscal 2013, 
while average client trades per funded account was unchanged at 15.8 for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012.  Two trading 
days were lost during fiscal 2013 due to unscheduled market closures resulting from Hurricane Sandy.  Average 
commissions and transaction fees per trade increased to $12.61 for fiscal 2013 from $12.09 for fiscal 2012, primarily 
due to higher order routing revenue per trade and, to a lesser extent, a higher percentage of option trades, which earn 
higher average commissions and transaction fees per trade. 

Asset-based revenues increased 3% to $1.52 billion for fiscal 2013, primarily due to a 33% increase in average 
market  fee-based  investment  balances  and  a  13%  increase in  average  spread-based  assets,  partially  offset  by  a 
decrease of 19 basis points in the net interest margin earned on spread-based assets.  Our net interest margin was 
1.50% for fiscal 2013, compared to 1.69% for fiscal 2012.  The following paragraphs provide further analysis of the 
components of asset-based revenues. 

Net interest revenue increased 4% to $469 million, due primarily to a $17 million increase in net interest 
revenue  from  our  securities  borrowing/lending  program  and  a  5%  increase  in  average  client  margin  balances, 
partially offset by a decrease of 16 basis points in the average yield earned on client margin balances. 

Insured deposit account fees decreased 3% to $804 million, primarily due to a decrease of 20 basis points in the 
average yield earned on the IDA assets, partially offset by a 14% increase in average client IDA balances.  The 
increased IDA balances are mostly due to our success in attracting net new client assets over the past year and, to a 
lesser extent, due to our strategy of migrating client cash held in client credit balances or swept to money market 
mutual funds to the IDA offering.  During fiscal 2012, we moved approximately $3 billion of client cash out of 
money market mutual funds. 

Investment product fees increased 28% to $250 million, primarily due to a 33% increase in average market fee-

based investment balances. 

Other revenues decreased 13% to $70 million, due primarily to lower client education revenue, partially offset 

by increased fees from processing corporate securities reorganizations. 

Operating Expenses 

Total operating expenses was unchanged overall at approximately $1.71 billion for both fiscal 2013 and fiscal 

2012.  Analysis of the individual components of operating expenses is provided below. 

Employee compensation and benefits expense increased slightly to $692 million, primarily due to annual merit 
increases and higher incentive-based compensation related to Company and individual performance, including our 
continued success in attracting net new client assets.  These items were mostly offset by the effect of higher costs 
during the prior year for severance related to staff reductions and for stock-based compensation expense due to the 
effect of retirement eligibility provisions in certain stock award agreements. 

Clearing and execution costs increased 22% to $109 million, primarily due to higher futures and option trade 
execution  costs  resulting  from  increased  client  futures  and  option  trading  activity,  increased  client  statement 
processing costs, and the effect of a favorable adjustment during the prior year related to the thinkorswim clearing 
conversion. 

Occupancy and equipment costs increased 7% to $160 million, primarily due to upgrades to our technology 
infrastructure and facilities and costs associated with exiting our previous headquarters building and placing our new 
Omaha corporate campus in service during fiscal 2013. 

38 

 
Depreciation and amortization increased 19% to $86 million, primarily due to depreciation on our new Omaha 
corporate campus, which was placed in service in April 2013, and on recent technology infrastructure upgrades and 
leasehold improvements. 

Professional services decreased 14% to $145 million, primarily due to lower usage of consulting and contract 

services. 

Advertising expense decreased 4% to $239 million, primarily due to lower investor education promotion costs 

during fiscal 2013. 

Other operating expenses decreased 16% to $73 million, primarily due to lower bad debt expense and lower 
losses on disposal of property and equipment.  Fiscal 2012 included $10 million of losses on disposal of property and 
equipment, primarily related to our discontinued use of certain software and hardware. 

Other Expense (Income) and Income Taxes 

Other expense (income) represented $32 million of income during fiscal 2013 and $28 million of expense 
during fiscal 2012.  The change was primarily due to $49 million of net gains recognized on our investment in Knight 
Capital Group, Inc. during fiscal 2013. 

Our effective income tax rate was 38.0% for fiscal 2013, compared to 35.3% for fiscal 2012.  The effective tax 
rate for fiscal 2012 was significantly lower than normal primarily due to $19 million of favorable resolutions of state 
income tax matters and a $3 million benefit resulting from the reversal of a valuation allowance related to a capital 
loss carryover.  These items favorably impacted the Company’s earnings for fiscal 2012 by approximately four cents 
per share. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

As a holding company, TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation conducts substantially all of its business through 

its operating subsidiaries, principally its broker-dealer subsidiaries. 

We have historically financed our liquidity and capital needs primarily through the use of funds generated from 
subsidiary operations and from borrowings under our credit agreements.  We have also issued common stock and 
long-term debt to finance mergers and acquisitions and for other corporate purposes.  Our liquidity needs during 
fiscal 2014 were financed primarily from our subsidiaries’ earnings, cash on hand and borrowings.  We financed our 
payment of a $0.50 per share special cash dividend on December 17, 2013 with $121 million from cash on hand and 
$155 million borrowed on our parent company’s revolving credit facility.  During fiscal 2014, we borrowed an 
additional $75 million on our parent's revolving credit facility to partially fund repurchases of our common stock 
under our stock repurchase program.  As of September 30, 2014, $150 million of borrowings remained outstanding 
under the parent company's revolving credit facility.  We currently expect to repay the outstanding borrowings on our 
parent company's revolving credit facility during fiscal 2015; however, we may alter our plans if other capital or 
liquidity needs arise.  On September 15, 2014, we also entered into a secured bank loan in the aggregate principal 
amount of $69 million, the proceeds of which were used to purchase real estate for use in our operations.  We plan to 
finance our capital and liquidity needs in fiscal 2015 primarily from our subsidiaries’ earnings, cash on hand, and 
borrowings. 

On October 17, 2014, we sold, through a public offering, $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 
3.625% Senior Notes due April 1, 2025.  We intend to use the net proceeds from the issuance of the 3.625% Senior 
Notes, together with cash on hand, to repay in full the outstanding principal under our 4.150% Senior Notes that 
mature on December 1, 2014. 

Dividends from our subsidiaries are the primary source of liquidity for the parent company.  Some of our 
subsidiaries are subject to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Financial Industry 
Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), the National Futures 
Association (“NFA”) and other regulators relating to liquidity, capital standards and the use of client funds and 
securities, which may limit funds available for the payment of dividends to the parent company. 

39 

 
Broker-dealer Subsidiaries 

Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to regulatory requirements that are intended to ensure their liquidity 
and general financial soundness.  Under the SEC’s Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, or the “Exchange Act”), our broker-dealer subsidiaries are required to maintain, at all times, at 
least the minimum level of net capital required under Rule 15c3-1.  For our clearing broker-dealer subsidiary, this 
minimum net capital level is determined by a calculation described in Rule 15c3-1 that is primarily based on the 
broker-dealer’s “aggregate debits,” which primarily are a function of client margin balances at the clearing broker-
dealer.  Since our aggregate debits may fluctuate significantly, our minimum net capital requirements may also 
fluctuate significantly from period to period.  The parent company may make cash capital contributions to our broker-
dealer subsidiaries, if necessary, to meet minimum net capital requirements. 

Each of our broker-dealer subsidiaries may not repay any subordinated borrowings, pay cash dividends or make 
any unsecured advances or loans to its parent company or employees if such payment would result in a net capital 
amount of (a) less than 5% of aggregate debit balances, (b) less than 110% of its risk-based capital requirement under 
CFTC Regulation 1.17 or (c) less than 120% of its minimum dollar requirement.  These net capital thresholds, which 
are specified in Rule 17a-11 under the Exchange Act and CFTC Regulation 1.12, are typically referred to as “early 
warning” net capital thresholds.  As of September 30, 2014, our clearing and introducing broker-dealer subsidiaries 
had $1,569 million and $347 million of net capital,  respectively,  which exceeded the early  warning net capital 
thresholds by $868 million and $328 million, respectively. 

Our clearing broker-dealer subsidiary, TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. (“TDAC”), engages in activities such as 
settling  client  securities  transactions  with  clearinghouses,  extending  credit  to  clients  through  margin  lending, 
securities lending and borrowing transactions and processing client cash sweep transactions to and from insured 
deposit  accounts  and  money  market  mutual  funds.   These  types  of  broker-dealer  activities  require  active  daily 
liquidity management. 

Most of TDAC’s assets are readily convertible to cash, consisting primarily of cash and investments segregated 
for the exclusive benefit of clients, receivables from clients and receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing 
organizations.  Cash and investments segregated for the exclusive benefit of clients may be held in cash, reverse 
repurchase agreements (collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities), U.S. Treasury securities and other qualified 
securities.  Receivables from clients consist of margin loans, which are demand loan obligations secured by readily 
marketable securities.  Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations primarily arise from current open 
transactions, which usually settle or can be settled within a few business days. 

TDAC  is  subject  to  cash  deposit  and  collateral  requirements  with  clearinghouses  such  as  the  Depository 
Trust &  Clearing  Corporation (“DTCC”) and the  Options  Clearing  Corporation (“OCC”),  which  may fluctuate 
significantly from time to time based on the nature and size of our clients’ trading activity.  TDAC had $284 million 
and $175 million of cash and investments deposited with clearing organizations for the clearing of client equity and 
option trades as of September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

TDAC’s  liquidity  needs  relating  to  client  trading  and  margin  borrowing  are  met  primarily  through  cash 
balances in client brokerage accounts, which were $14.2 billion and $13.0 billion as of September 30, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively.  Cash balances in client brokerage accounts not used for client trading and margin borrowing activity are 
not generally available for other liquidity purposes and must be segregated for the exclusive benefit of clients under 
Rule 15c3-3 of the Exchange Act.  TDAC had $4.8 billion and $5.7 billion of cash and investments segregated in 
special reserve bank accounts for the exclusive benefit of clients under Rule 15c3-3 as of September 30, 2014 and 
2013, respectively. 

For general liquidity needs, TDAC also maintains a senior unsecured revolving credit facility in an aggregate 
principal amount of $300 million.  This facility is described under “Loan Facilities” later in this section. There were 
no borrowings outstanding on this facility as of September 30, 2014 and 2013. 

Liquid Assets 

We consider our liquid assets metrics to be important measures of our liquidity and of our ability to fund 
corporate investing and financing activities.  Our liquid assets metrics are considered non-GAAP financial measures.  
We include the excess capital of our broker-dealer and trust company subsidiaries in the calculation of our liquid 

40 

 
assets metrics, rather than simply including broker-dealer and trust company cash and cash equivalents, because 
capital requirements may limit the amount of cash available for dividend from the broker-dealer and trust company 
subsidiaries to the parent company.  Excess capital, as defined below, is generally available for dividend from the 
broker-dealer and trust company subsidiaries to the parent company.  The liquid assets metrics should be considered 
as supplemental measures of liquidity, rather than as substitutes for cash and cash equivalents. 

We  define  “liquid  assets — management  target”  as  the  sum  of  (a) corporate  cash  and  cash  equivalents, 
(b) corporate short-term investments and (c) regulatory net capital of (i) our clearing broker-dealer subsidiary in 
excess of 10% of aggregate debit items and (ii) our introducing broker-dealer subsidiaries in excess of a minimum 
operational target established by management ($50 million in the case of our primary introducing broker-dealer, TD 
Ameritrade, Inc.).  “Liquid assets — management target” is based on more conservative measures of broker-dealer 
net capital than “liquid assets — regulatory threshold” (defined below) because we prefer to maintain significantly 
more conservative levels of net capital at the broker-dealer subsidiaries than the regulatory thresholds require.  We 
consider  “liquid assets — management target” to be a  measure that reflects our liquidity that  would be readily 
available for corporate investing or financing activities under normal operating circumstances. 

We  define  “liquid  assets — regulatory  threshold”  as  the  sum  of  (a) corporate  cash  and  cash  equivalents, 
(b) corporate short-term investments, (c) regulatory net capital of (i) our clearing broker-dealer subsidiary in excess 
of 5% of aggregate debit items and (ii) our introducing broker-dealer subsidiaries in excess of the applicable “early 
warning” net capital requirement and (d) Tier 1 capital of our trust company in excess of the minimum requirement.  
For more information about the regulatory capital requirements of our broker-dealer and trust subsidiaries, please see 
Note  10 — Capital  Requirements  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  under  Item 8 — Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data.  We consider “liquid  assets — regulatory threshold” to be a  measure  that 
reflects our liquidity that would be available for corporate investing or financing activities under unusual operating 
circumstances, such as the need to provide funding for significant strategic business transactions. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  a  reconciliation  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  which  is  the  most  directly 

comparable GAAP measure, to our liquid assets metrics (dollars in millions): 

Liquid Assets — 
Management Target 

Liquid Assets — 
Regulatory Threshold 

September 30, 

September 30, 

2014 
Change 
Cash and cash equivalents .......................................    $ 1,460     $ 1,062     $  398     $ 1,460     $ 1,062     $  398  
(550 ) 
Less:    Broker-dealer cash and cash equivalents .....   (1,090 )   
21  

  Trust company cash and cash equivalents ...  

(550 )    (1,090 )   

(540 )   

(540 )   

21    

(53 )   

(74 )   

(74 )   

(53 )   

Change 

2013 

2013 

2014 

Investment advisory cash and cash 

equivalents ...............................................  

(19 )   
298    
Corporate cash and cash equivalents ....................  

(19 )   
429    

— 

(131 )   

(19 )   
298    

(19 )   
429    

— 

(131 ) 

Plus:    Excess trust company Tier 1 capital ............  
Excess broker-dealer regulatory net 

capital ......................................................  

— 

— 

— 

12 

8 

464 

445 

19 

  1,196 

  1,040 

Liquid assets ............................................................    $  762     $  874     $  (112 )    $ 1,506     $ 1,477     $ 

4 

156 
29  

41 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The changes in liquid assets are summarized as follows (dollars in millions): 

Liquid Assets 

Management 
Target 

Regulatory 
Threshold 

Liquid assets as of September 30, 2013 ...................................................................    $ 
Plus:    EBITDA(1) ..................................................................................................   
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt ..................................................   

  Proceeds from notes payable ......................................................................   

  Proceeds from exercise of stock options ....................................................   

  Proceeds from sale of investments .............................................................   

  Other investing activities ............................................................................   

Less:    Income taxes paid .......................................................................................   

  Interest paid ................................................................................................   

  Purchase of property and equipment ..........................................................   

  Principal payments on notes payable ..........................................................   

  Payment of cash dividends .........................................................................   

  Purchase of treasury stock ..........................................................................   

  Additional net capital requirement due to increase in aggregate debits .....   

  Other changes in working capital and regulatory net capital ......................   

Liquid assets as of September 30, 2014 ...................................................................    $ 

  $ 

874 
1,480    
69    
230    
8    
25    
2    
(489 )   

(30 )   

(144 )   

(80 )   

(540 )   

(207 )   

(289 )   

1,477 
1,480  
69  
230  
8  
25  
2  
(489 ) 

(30 ) 

(144 ) 

(80 ) 

(540 ) 

(207 ) 

(145 ) 

(147 )   
762     $ 

(150 ) 
1,506  

(1) 

See “Financial Performance Metrics” earlier in this section for a description of EBITDA. 

Loan Facilities 

Senior Notes — As of September 30, 2014 and 2013, we had $500 million aggregate principal amount of 
4.150% Senior Notes due December 1, 2014 (the “2014 Notes”) and $500 million aggregate principal amount of 
5.600% Senior Notes due December 1, 2019 (the “2019 Notes”).  The 2014 Notes and 2019 Notes are unsecured and 
were sold on November 25, 2009 through a public offering.  Interest on the 2014 Notes and 2019 Notes is payable 
semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year. 

We may redeem the 2014 Notes and 2019 Notes, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a 
redemption price equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, and (b) the 
sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the notes being redeemed, 
discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis at the comparable U.S. Treasury rate, plus: 30 basis 
points in the case of the 2014 Notes and 35 basis points in the case of the 2019 Notes, plus, in each case, accrued and 
unpaid interest to the date of redemption. 

On October 17, 2014, we sold, through a public offering, $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 
3.625% Senior Notes due April 1, 2025 (the “2025 Notes”).  Interest on the 2025 Notes will be payable in arrears 
semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year.  We intend to use the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 
Notes, together with cash on hand, to repay in full the outstanding principal under the 2014 Notes that mature on 
December 1, 2014. 

We may redeem the 2025 Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to January 1, 2025 at a redemption price 
equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, and (b) the sum of the present 
values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the notes being redeemed, discounted to the 
date of redemption on a semi-annual basis at the comparable U.S. Treasury rate, plus 25 basis points, plus accrued 
and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.  We may redeem the 2025 Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or 
after January 1, 2025 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, plus 
accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Secured Loan - On September 15, 2014, we entered into a bank loan agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) in the 
aggregate principal amount of $69 million, the proceeds of which were used to purchase real estate for use in our 
operations.  The loan is secured by a lien against the purchased real estate.  The principal amount of the loan plus 
accrued interest is due and payable in 20 consecutive quarterly installments, beginning January 1, 2015, with the last 
installment due on October 1, 2019.  The interest rate under the Loan Agreement is based on the one-month London 
Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), adjusted and determined monthly, plus 1.375 percentage points.  At September 
30, 2014, the interest rate was 1.53%.  We may prepay any principal or interest under the loan without penalty or 
other cost.  The covenants applicable under the Loan Agreement are substantially consistent with the terms of the TD 
Ameritrade Holding Corporation Credit Agreement, dated June 11, 2014, described below. 

Fair Value Hedging — We are exposed to changes in the fair value of our fixed-rate Senior Notes resulting 
from interest rate fluctuations.  To hedge this exposure, on December 30, 2009, we entered into a fixed-for-variable 
interest rate swap on the 2014 Notes for a notional amount of $500 million, with a maturity date  matching the 
maturity date of the 2014 Notes.  In addition, on January 7, 2011, we entered into a fixed-for-variable interest rate 
swap on the 2019 Notes for a notional amount of $500 million, with a maturity date matching the maturity date of the 
2019 Notes.  The interest rate swaps effectively change the fixed-rate interest on the Senior Notes to variable-rate 
interest.  Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreements, we receive semi-annual fixed-rate interest payments 
based on the same rates applicable to the Senior Notes, and make quarterly variable-rate interest payments based on 
three-month LIBOR plus (a) 1.245% for the swap on the 2014 Notes and (b) 2.3745% for the swap on the 2019 
Notes.  As of September 30, 2014, the weighted average effective interest rate on the Senior Notes was 2.04%. 

In addition, on November 19, 2014, we entered into a fixed-for-variable interest rate swap on the 2025 Notes 
for a notional amount of $500 million, with a maturity date matching the maturity date of the 2025 Notes.  Under the 
terms of this interest rate swap agreement, we receive semi-annual fixed-rate interest payments based on the same 
rate applicable to the 2025 Notes, and make quarterly variable-rate interest payments based on three-month LIBOR 
plus 1.1022%. 

Cash Flow Hedging — On January 17, 2014, we entered into forward-starting interest rate swap contracts with 
an aggregate notional amount of $500 million, to hedge against changes in the benchmark interest rate component of 
future interest payments resulting from the anticipated refinancing of the 2014 Notes. 

On October 17, 2014, we sold $500 million of 2025 Notes as described under “Senior Notes” above, and paid 

approximately $45 million to settle the forward-starting interest rate swap contracts. 

TD  Ameritrade  Holding  Corporation  Credit  Agreement  —  On  June  11,  2014,  TD  Ameritrade  Holding 
Corporation (the “Parent”) entered into a credit agreement consisting of a senior unsecured revolving credit facility in 
the aggregate principal amount of $300 million (the “Parent Revolving Facility”).  The Parent Revolving Facility 
replaced  the  Parent's  prior  $300  million  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility,  which  was  scheduled  to  expire  on 
June 28, 2014.  The maturity date of the Parent Revolving Facility is June 11, 2019. 

The applicable interest rate under the Parent Revolving Facility is calculated as a per annum rate equal to, at the 
option of the Parent, (a) LIBOR plus an interest rate margin (“Parent LIBOR loans”) or (b) (i) the highest of (x) the 
prime rate, (y) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% or (z) one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%, plus (ii) an interest 
rate margin (“Base Rate loans”).  The interest rate margin ranges from 0.875% to 1.75% for Parent LIBOR loans and 
from 0% to 0.75% for Base Rate loans, determined by reference to the Company’s public debt ratings.  The Parent is 
obligated to pay a commitment fee ranging from 0.10% to 0.25% on any unused amount of the Parent Revolving 
Facility, determined by reference to the Company's public debt ratings. 

As of September 30, 2014, there was $150 million of borrowings outstanding under the Parent Revolving 
Facility, consisting of Parent LIBOR loans.  As of September 30, 2014, the commitment fee was 0.15% and the 
interest rate margin was 1.25%, each determined by reference to the Company’s public debt ratings, and the interest 
rate was 1.40%, based on one-month LIBOR plus the interest rate margin. 

The Parent Revolving Facility contains negative covenants that limit or restrict, subject to certain exceptions, 
the incurrence of liens, indebtedness of subsidiaries, mergers, consolidations, transactions with affiliates, change in 
nature of business and the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Parent is also required to 
maintain compliance with a maximum consolidated leverage ratio covenant and a minimum consolidated interest 
coverage ratio covenant, and the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries are required to maintain compliance with a 

43 

 
minimum regulatory net capital covenant.  The Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Parent 
Revolving Facility as of September 30, 2014. 

TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. Credit Agreement — On June 11, 2014, TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. (“TDAC”), 
the Company’s clearing broker-dealer subsidiary, entered into a credit agreement consisting of a senior unsecured 
revolving credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of $300 million (the “TDAC Revolving Facility”).  The 
TDAC  Revolving  Facility  replaced TDAC’s  prior  $300  million  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility,  which  was 
scheduled to expire on June 28, 2014.  The maturity date of the TDAC Revolving Facility is June 11, 2019. 

The applicable interest rate under the TDAC Revolving Facility is calculated as a per annum rate equal to, at 
the  option of TDAC, (a)  LIBOR plus an interest rate  margin (“TDAC  LIBOR loans”) or (b) the federal  funds 
effective rate plus an interest rate margin (“Fed Funds Rate loans”).  The interest rate margin ranges from 0.75% to 
1.50% for both TDAC LIBOR loans and Fed Funds Rate loans, determined by reference to the Company’s public 
debt ratings.  TDAC is obligated to pay a commitment fee ranging from 0.08% to 0.20% on any unused amount of 
the TDAC Revolving Facility, determined by reference to the Company’s public debt ratings.  As of September 30, 
2014, the interest rate margin would have been 1.00% for both TDAC LIBOR loans and Fed Funds Rate loans, and 
the commitment fee was 0.125%, each determined by reference to the Company’s public debt ratings.  There were no 
borrowings outstanding under the TDAC Revolving Facility as of September 30, 2014. 

The TDAC Revolving Facility contains negative covenants that limit or restrict, subject to certain exceptions, 
the incurrence of liens, indebtedness of TDAC, mergers, consolidations, change in nature of business and the sale of 
all or substantially all of the assets of TDAC.  TDAC is also required to maintain minimum tangible net worth and is 
required to maintain compliance with minimum regulatory net capital requirements. TDAC was in compliance with 
all covenants under the TDAC Revolving Facility as of September 30, 2014. 

Stock Repurchase Programs 

On  October 20,  2011, our  board  of  directors  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  30 million  shares  of  our 
common stock.  During fiscal 2014, we repurchased approximately 6.0 million shares under the plan at a weighted 
average purchase price of $31.37 per share.  From the inception of this stock repurchase authorization through 
September 30, 2014, we have repurchased approximately 11.1 million shares at a weighted average purchase price of 
$25.02 per share.  As of September 30, 2014, we had approximately 18.9 million shares remaining on the stock 
repurchase authorization. 

Cash Dividends 

We declared $0.12 per share, $0.09 per share and $0.06 per share quarterly cash dividends on our common 
stock during each quarter of fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  We also declared and paid a $0.50 per 
share special cash dividend on our common stock during both the first quarter of fiscal 2014 and the first quarter of 
fiscal 2013.  We paid $540 million, $471 million and $132 million to fund the dividends for fiscal years 2014, 2013 
and 2012, respectively. 

On October 28, 2014, we declared a $0.15 per share quarterly cash dividend on our common stock for the first 
quarter  of  fiscal  2015.   We  paid  approximately  $82  million  on  November 20,  2014  to  fund  the  quarterly  cash 
dividend. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We enter into guarantees and other off-balance sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business, primarily 
to meet the needs of our clients and to manage our asset-based revenues.  For information on these arrangements, see 
the  following  sections  under  Item 8,  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data  —  Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial Statements: “General Contingencies” and “Guarantees” under Note 13 — Commitments and Contingencies 
and “Insured Deposit Account Agreement” under Note 18  — Related Party Transactions.  The  IDA agreement 
accounts  for  a  significant  percentage  of  our  net  revenues  (26%  of  our  net  revenues  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
September 30, 2014) and enables our clients to invest in an FDIC-insured deposit product without the need for the 
Company to establish the significant levels of capital that would be required to maintain our own bank charter. 

44 

 
Contractual Obligations 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2014 (dollars in millions): 

Contractual Obligations 
Notes payable and long-term debt 

obligations(1) ........................................   $ 

Operating lease obligations .....................  
Purchase obligations(2) ............................  
Income taxes payable(3) ...........................  

Payments Due by Period (Fiscal Years): 

Less than 
1 year 

2015 

1-3 years 

2016-17 

3-5 years 

More than 
5 years 

2018-19 

  After 2019 

Total 

1,296 

  $ 

345    
178    
211    

  $ 

677 
54    
80    
211    

  $ 

57 
105    
84    
—    

  $ 

56 
96    
2    
—    

506 
90  
12  
—  

608 

Total ........................................................   $ 

2,030 

  $ 

1,022 

  $ 

246 

  $ 

154 

  $ 

(1)  Represents scheduled principal payments, estimated interest payments and commitment fees pursuant to the 
2014 Notes and 2019 Notes, the interest rate swaps, the revolving credit facilities and the secured loan.  Actual 
amounts of interest may vary depending on changes in variable interest rates associated with the interest rate 
swaps. 

(2) 

Purchase obligations primarily relate to agreements for goods and services such as computer hardware and 
software, telecommunications, market information, advertising and marketing, professional services, and 
employee compensation and benefits. 

(3)  A significant portion of our income taxes payable as of September 30, 2014 consists of liabilities for uncertain 
tax positions and related interest and penalties.  The timing of payments, if any, on liabilities for uncertain tax 
positions cannot be predicted with reasonable accuracy. 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Market risk generally represents the risk of loss that may result from the potential change in the value of a 
financial instrument as a result of fluctuations in interest rates and market prices.  We have established policies, 
procedures and internal processes governing our management of market risks in the normal course of our business 
operations. 

Market-related Credit Risk 

Two primary sources of credit risk inherent in our business are (1) client credit risk related to margin lending 
and leverage and (2) counterparty credit risk related to securities lending and borrowing.  We manage risk on client 
margin lending and leverage by requiring clients to maintain margin collateral in compliance with regulatory and 
internal guidelines.  The risks associated with margin lending and leverage increase during periods of rapid market 
movements, or in cases where leverage or collateral is concentrated and market movements occur.  We monitor 
required margin levels daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, require our clients to deposit additional collateral, or to 
reduce positions, when necessary.  We continuously monitor client accounts to detect excessive concentration, large 
orders or positions, patterns of day trading and other activities that indicate increased risk to us.  We manage risks 
associated with our securities lending and borrowing activities by requiring credit approvals for counterparties, by 
monitoring the market value of securities loaned and collateral values for securities borrowed on a daily basis and 
requiring additional cash as collateral for securities loaned or return of collateral for securities borrowed  when 
necessary, and by participating in a risk-sharing program offered through the Options Clearing Corporation. 

We are party to interest rate swaps related to our long-term debt, which are subject to counterparty credit risk.  
Credit risk on derivative financial instruments is managed by limiting activity to approved counterparties that meet a 
minimum credit rating threshold and by entering into credit support agreements, or by utilizing approved central 
clearing counterparties registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.  Our interest rate swaps require 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
daily collateral coverage, in the form of cash or U.S. Treasury securities, for the aggregate fair value of the interest 
rate swaps. 

Interest Rate Risk 

As a fundamental part of our brokerage business, we invest in interest-earning assets and are obligated on 
interest-bearing liabilities.  In addition, we earn fees on our insured deposit account (“IDA”) arrangement with TD 
Bank USA, N.A. and TD Bank, N.A. and on money market mutual funds, which are subject to interest rate risk.  
Changes in interest rates could affect the interest earned on assets differently than interest paid on liabilities.  A rising 
interest rate environment generally results in our earning a larger net interest spread.  Conversely, a falling interest 
rate environment generally results in our earning a smaller net interest spread. 

Our most prevalent form of interest rate risk is referred to as “gap” risk.  This risk occurs when the interest rates 
we earn on our assets change at a different frequency or amount than the interest rates we pay on our liabilities.  For 
example, in the current low interest rate environment, sharp increases in short-term interest rates could result in net 
interest spread compression if the yields paid on interest-bearing client balances were to increase faster than our 
earnings on interest-earning assets.  We seek to mitigate interest rate risk by aligning the average duration of our 
interest-earning assets with that of our interest-bearing liabilities.  We currently seek to maintain a consolidated 
duration of interest-sensitive assets, including IDA assets, within a range of 1.75 to 2.75 years.  As of September 30, 
2014, our consolidated duration was 2.2 years.  We have an Asset/Liability Committee as the governance body with 
the responsibility of managing interest rate risk, including gap risk. 

We use net interest simulation modeling techniques to evaluate the effect that changes in interest rates might 
have on pre-tax income.  Our model includes all interest-sensitive assets and liabilities of the Company and interest-
sensitive assets and liabilities associated with the insured deposit account arrangement.  The simulations involve 
assumptions that are inherently uncertain and, as a result, cannot precisely predict the impact that changes in interest 
rates will have on pre-tax income.  Actual results may differ from simulated results due to differences in timing and 
frequency of rate changes, changes in market conditions and changes in management strategy that lead to changes in 
the mix of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities. 

The simulations assume that the asset and liability structure of our Consolidated Balance Sheet and the insured 
deposit account arrangement would not be changed as a result of a simulated change in interest rates.  The results of 
the simulations based on our financial position as of September 30, 2014 indicate that a gradual 1% (100 basis points) 
increase in interest rates over a 12-month period would result in a range of approximately $104 million to $176 
million higher pre-tax income, depending largely on the extent and timing of possible increases in payment rates on 
client cash balances.  A gradual 1% (100 basis points) decrease in interest rates over a 12-month period would result 
in approximately $16 million lower pre-tax income.  The results of the simulations reflect the fact that short-term 
interest rates remain at historically low levels, including the federal funds target rate, which is currently a range of 
zero to 0.25%. 

Other Market Risks 

Substantially all of our revenues and financial instruments are denominated in U.S. dollars.  We generally do 

not enter into derivative transactions, except for hedging purposes. 

46 

 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (the 
“Company”) as of September 30, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive 
income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2014.  
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the 
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 
financial position of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation at September 30, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated 
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2014, in 
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States), TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 
2014,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated November 21, 2014 
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 

Chicago, Illinois 
November 21, 2014 

47 

 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
As of September 30, 2014 and 2013 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents ....................................................................................    $ 

Cash and investments segregated and on deposit for regulatory purposes ...........   

Receivable from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations ...............................   

Receivable from clients, net ..................................................................................   

Receivable from affiliates .....................................................................................   

Other receivables, net ...........................................................................................   

Securities owned, at fair value ..............................................................................   

Property and equipment at cost, net ......................................................................   

Goodwill ...............................................................................................................   

Acquired intangible assets, net .............................................................................   

Other assets ...........................................................................................................   

2014 

2013 

(In millions) 

1,460     $ 
5,116    
1,108    
11,639    
99    
147    
332    
543    
2,467    
751    
169    

1,062  
5,894  
1,348  
8,984  
117  
137  
323  
497  
2,467  
841  
166  

Total assets ............................................................................................................  

  $ 

23,831 

  $ 

21,836 

Liabilities: 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations .........................................    $ 

Payable to clients ...................................................................................................   

Accounts payable and other liabilities ...................................................................   

Payable to affiliates ...............................................................................................   

Notes payable ........................................................................................................   

Long-term debt ......................................................................................................   

Deferred income taxes ...........................................................................................   

2,421     $ 
14,497    
595    
5    
150    
1,101    
314    

Total liabilities ......................................................................................................  

19,083 

1,973  
13,183  
596  
4  
—  
1,052  
352  

17,160 

Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 100 million shares authorized; none issued ......   

—    

—  

Common stock, $0.01 par value, one billion shares authorized; 631 million 

shares issued; 2014 — 545 million shares outstanding; 2013 —
 550 million shares outstanding .........................................................................   

Additional paid-in capital ......................................................................................   

Retained earnings ..................................................................................................   

6 
1,618    
4,551    

Treasury stock, common, at cost: 2014 — 86 million shares; 2013 —

 81 million shares ...............................................................................................   

(1,409 )   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss ................................................................   

(18 )   

Total stockholders’ equity .....................................................................................  

4,748 

6 
1,592  
4,304  

(1,226 ) 
—  

4,676 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ..............................................................  

  $ 

23,831 

  $ 

21,836 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
For the Years Ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Revenues: 

Transaction-based revenues: 

Commissions and transaction fees ............................................  

  $ 

1,351     $ 

1,171     $ 

1,087  

2014 

2013 

2012 

(In millions, except per share amounts) 

Asset-based revenues: 

Interest revenue .........................................................................  
Brokerage interest expense .......................................................  

587    
(6 )   

Net interest revenue ..................................................................  

581 

Insured deposit account fees .....................................................  
Investment product fees ............................................................  

820 
309    

Total asset-based revenues ........................................................  

1,710 

Other revenues ..........................................................................   

62    

Net revenues .............................................................................  

3,123 

Operating expenses: 

Employee compensation and benefits ......................................   
Clearing and execution costs ....................................................   
Communications .......................................................................   
Occupancy and equipment costs...............................................   
Depreciation and amortization..................................................   
Amortization of acquired intangible assets ...............................   
Professional services ................................................................   
Advertising ...............................................................................   
Other .........................................................................................   

Total operating expenses ...........................................................  

Operating income ......................................................................   

Other expense (income): 

Interest on borrowings ..............................................................   
Gain on investments, net ..........................................................   

Total other expense (income) ....................................................  

Pre-tax income ..........................................................................   
Provision for income taxes........................................................   

760    
134    
116    
156    
95    
90    
155    
250    
82    

1,838 

1,285 

25    
(10 )   

15 

1,270 

483    

476    
(7 )   

469 

804 
250    

1,523 

70    

2,764 

692    
109    
113    
160    
86    
91    
145    
239    
73    

1,708 

1,056 

25    
(57 )   

(32 )   

1,088 

413    

Net income ................................................................................    $ 

Earnings per share — basic .......................................................    $ 
Earnings per share — diluted ....................................................    $ 

Weighted average shares outstanding — basic .........................   
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted ......................   

  $ 
787 
1.43     $ 
1.42     $ 

550 
554    

  $ 
675 
1.23     $ 
1.22     $ 

549 
554    

Dividends declared per share ....................................................    $ 

0.98 

  $ 

0.86 

  $ 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

49 

456  
(6 ) 

450 

828 
196  

1,474 
80  

2,641 

690  
89  
111  
150  
72  
92  
168  
248  
87  

1,707 

934 

28  
—  

28 

906 
320  

586 
1.07  
1.06  

548 
554  

0.24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
For the Years Ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Net income ..........................................................................................................    $ 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax: 

Investments available-for-sale: 

2014 

2013 

2012 

(In millions) 

787     $ 

675     $ 

586  

Net unrealized gain .............................................................................................  

Reclassification adjustment for net realized gain included in net income ..........  

Reclassification of impairment charge ................................................................  

—    
—    
—    

Cash flow hedging instruments: 

Net unrealized loss ..............................................................................................  

(29 )   

Total other comprehensive income (loss), before tax ..........................................  

(29 )   

Income tax effect ................................................................................................   

11 

21    
(52 )   
3    

—    

(28 )   

10 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax ..........................................   

(18 )   

(18 )   

28  
—  
—  

—  

28 

(10 ) 

18 

Comprehensive income .......................................................................................    $ 

769 

  $ 

657 

  $ 

604 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
For the Years Ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Total 
Common 
Shares 
Outstanding   

Total 
Stockholders’ 
Equity 

Common 
Stock 

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital 

(In millions) 

Retained 
Earnings   

Treasury 
Stock 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Balance, September 30, 2011 ....   

Net income ..........................  
Other comprehensive 

income, net of tax ..............  

Payment of cash dividends .......  
Repurchases of common 

stock...............................  

Common stock issued for 

stock-based 
compensation, including 
tax effects ........................  

Stock-based compensation 

expense ...........................  

Balance, September 30, 2012 ....   

Net income ..........................  
Other comprehensive loss, 

net of tax .........................  

Payment of cash dividends .......  
Repurchases of common 

stock...............................  

Common stock issued for 

stock-based 
compensation, including 
tax effects ........................  

Stock-based compensation 

expense ...........................  

Balance, September 30, 2013 ....   

Net income ..........................  
Other comprehensive loss, 

net of tax .........................  

Payment of cash dividends .......  
Repurchases of common 

stock...............................  

Common stock issued for 

stock-based 
compensation, including 
tax effects ........................  

Stock-based compensation 

expense ...........................  

  $ 

554 
—    

  $ 

4,116 
586    

  $ 

6 
—   

  $ 

1,584 
—    

  $ 

3,646 
586    

(1,120 )   $ 
—    

— 
—    

(12 )  

3 

— 

545 
—    

— 
—    

— 

5 

— 

550 
—    

— 
—    

(7 )  

2 

— 

18 
(132 )  

(208 )  

4 

41 

4,425 
675    

(18 )  
(471 )  

(5 )  

41 

29 

4,676 
787    

(18 )  

(540 )  

(207 )  

18 

32 

— 
—   

— 

— 

— 

6 
—   

— 
—   

— 

— 

— 

6 
—   

— 
—   

— 

— 

— 

— 
—    

— 

(38 )  

41 

— 
(132 )  

— 

— 

— 

— 
—    

(208 )  

42 

— 

1,587 
—    

4,100 
675    

(1,286 )  
—    

— 
—    

— 

(24 )  

29 

— 
(471 )  

— 

— 

— 

— 
—    

(5 )  

65 

— 

1,592 
—    

4,304 
787    

(1,226 )  
—    

— 
—    

— 

(6 )  

32 

— 

(540 )  

— 

— 

— 

— 
—    

(207 )  

24 

— 

Balance, September 30, 2014 ....   

    $ 

545 

    $ 

4,748 

   $ 
6 

    $ 

1,618 

    $ 

4,551 

(1,409 )   $ 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

— 
—  

18 
—  

— 

— 

— 

18 
—  

(18 ) 
—  

— 

— 

— 

— 
—  

(18 ) 
—  

— 

— 

— 

(18 ) 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the Years Ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income ......................................................................................................    $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

2014 

2013 
(In millions) 

2012 

787     $ 

675     $ 

586  

Depreciation and amortization .............................................................................  
Amortization of acquired intangible assets .............................................................  
Deferred income taxes........................................................................................  
Gain on investments, net.....................................................................................  
Stock-based compensation ..................................................................................  
Excess tax benefits on stock-based compensation ....................................................  
Other, net .........................................................................................................  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

95    
90    
(27 )   
(10 )   
32    
(10 )   
1    

Cash and investments segregated and on deposit for regulatory purposes ....................  
Receivable from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations ....................................  
Receivable from clients, net ...............................................................................  
Receivable from/payable to affiliates, net ..............................................................  
Other receivables, net ........................................................................................  
Securities owned, at fair value ............................................................................  
Other assets .....................................................................................................  
Payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations .............................................  
Payable to clients .............................................................................................  
Accounts payable and other liabilities ..................................................................  

Net cash provided by operating activities ...............................................................  

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchase of property and equipment .....................................................................   
Purchase of short-term investments ......................................................................   
Proceeds from sale and maturity of short-term investments .......................................   
Proceeds from sale of investments........................................................................   
Purchase of investments .....................................................................................   
Other, net ........................................................................................................   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ..................................................  

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt..............................................................   
Principal payments on long-term debt ...................................................................   
Proceeds from notes payable ...............................................................................   
Principal payments on notes payable ....................................................................   
Payment of cash dividends ..................................................................................   
Proceeds from exercise of stock options ................................................................   
Purchase of treasury stock ..................................................................................   
Principal payments on capital lease obligations ......................................................   
Excess tax benefits on stock-based compensation ...................................................   

Net cash used in financing activities .....................................................................  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ................................................  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .......................................................  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ...............................................................   $ 

Supplemental cash flow information: 

86    
91    
10    
(57 )   
29    
(24 )   
2    

(1,864 )   
(238 )   
(337 )   
(32 )   
(19 )   
20    
4    
(19 )   
2,455    
(43 )   
739    

(144 )   
(4 )   
154    
88    
—    
2    
96    

—    
(250 )   
275    
(275 )   
(471 )   
19    
(5 )   
(5 )   
24    
(688 )   
147    
915    
1,062     $ 

72  
92  
5  
—  
41  
(9 ) 
8  

(1,511 ) 
(275 ) 
(588 ) 
7  
(3 ) 
104  
—  
282  
1,749  
32  
592  

(186 ) 
(155 ) 
4  
2  
(44 ) 
2  
(377 ) 

—  
—  
—  
—  
(132 ) 
5  
(208 ) 
(6 ) 
9  
(332 ) 

(117 ) 
1,032  
915  

778    
240    
(2,655 )   
19    
(10 )   
(10 )   
(37 )   
448    
1,314    
(20 )   
1,025    

(144 )   
(4 )   
4    
25    
—    
2    
(117 )   

69    
—    
230    
(80 )   
(540 )   
8    
(207 )   
—    
10    
(510 )   
398    
1,062    
1,460     $ 

Interest paid .....................................................................................................    $ 
Income taxes paid .............................................................................................    $ 

30     $ 
489     $ 

32     $ 
379     $ 

34  
313  

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
 
   
     
     
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the Years Ended September 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

1.  Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TD Ameritrade Holding 
Corporation (the “Parent”), a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”).  
Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. 

Nature  of  Operations — The  Company  provides  securities  brokerage  services,  including  trade  execution, 
clearing  services  and  margin  lending,  through  its  broker-dealer  subsidiaries.    The  Company  provides  trustee, 
custodial and other trust-related services to retirement plans and other custodial accounts through its state-chartered 
trust company subsidiary.  The Company also provides cash sweep and deposit account products through third-party 
relationships. 

The  Company’s  broker-dealer  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  regulation  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the Commodity Futures Trading 
Commission (“CFTC”), the National Futures Association (“NFA”) and the various exchanges in which they maintain 
membership.  Dividends from the Company’s broker-dealer and trust company subsidiaries are a source of liquidity 
for the holding company.  Requirements of the SEC, FINRA and CFTC relating to liquidity, net capital standards and 
the use of client funds and securities may limit funds available for the payment of dividends from the broker-dealer 
subsidiaries to the holding company.  State regulatory requirements may limit funds available for the payment of 
dividends from the trust company subsidiary to the holding company. 

Use of Estimates — The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the 
consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  
Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents — The Company considers temporary, highly-liquid investments with an original 
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents, except for amounts required to be segregated for regulatory 
purposes. 

Cash and Investments Segregated and on Deposit for Regulatory Purposes — Cash and investments segregated 
and on deposit for regulatory purposes consists primarily of qualified deposits in special reserve bank accounts for 
the exclusive benefit of clients under Rule 15c3-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and 
other regulations.  Funds can be held in cash, reverse repurchase agreements, U.S. Treasury securities and other 
qualified securities.  Reverse repurchase agreements (securities purchased under agreements to resell) are treated as 
collateralized financing transactions and are carried at amounts at which the securities will subsequently be resold, 
plus accrued interest.  The Company’s reverse repurchase agreements are collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities 
and  generally  have  a  maturity  of  seven  days.    Cash  and  investments  segregated  and  on  deposit  for  regulatory 
purposes also includes amounts that have been segregated or secured for the benefit of futures clients according to the 
regulations of the CFTC governing futures commission merchants. 

Securities  Borrowed  and  Securities  Loaned — Securities  borrowed  and  securities  loaned  transactions  are 
recorded  at  the  amount  of  cash  collateral  provided  or  received.    Securities  borrowed  transactions  require  the 
Company to provide the counterparty with collateral in the form of cash.  The Company receives collateral in the 
form of cash for securities loaned transactions.  For these transactions, the fees earned or incurred by the Company 
are recorded as interest revenue and brokerage interest expense, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of 
Income.  The related interest receivable from and the brokerage interest payable to broker-dealers are included in 
other receivables and in accounts payable and other liabilities, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Receivable from/Payable to Clients — Receivable from clients primarily consists of margin loans to securities 
brokerage clients, which are collateralized by client securities, and is carried at the amount receivable, net of an 
allowance for doubtful accounts that is primarily based on the amount of unsecured margin balances.  Payable to 

53 

 
  
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

clients primarily consists of client cash held in brokerage accounts and is carried at the amount of client cash on 
deposit.  The Company earns interest revenue and pays interest expense on its receivable from client and payable to 
client  balances,  respectively.    The  interest  revenue  and  expense  are  included  in  net  interest  revenue  on  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Securities Owned — Securities owned by our broker-dealer subsidiaries are recorded on a trade-date basis and 
carried  at  fair  value,  and  the  related  changes  in  fair  value  are  generally  included  in  other  revenues  on  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Property and Equipment — Property and equipment is recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and 
amortization, except for land, which is recorded at cost.  Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over 
the  estimated  useful  service  lives  of  the  assets,  which  range  from  10  to  40  years  for  buildings  and  building 
components and three to seven years for all other depreciable property and equipment.  Leasehold improvements are 
amortized over the lesser of the economic useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease. 

Software Development — From the date technological feasibility has been established until beta testing is 
complete, software development costs are capitalized and included in property and equipment.  Once the product is 
fully functional, such costs are amortized in accordance with the Company’s normal accounting policies.  Software 
development costs that do not meet capitalization criteria are expensed as incurred. 

Goodwill — The  Company  has  recorded  goodwill  for  purchase  business  combinations  to  the  extent  the 
purchase price of each completed acquisition exceeded the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the acquired 
company.  The Company tests goodwill for impairment on at least an annual basis.  In performing the impairment 
tests, the Company utilizes quoted market prices of the Company’s common stock to estimate the fair value of the 
Company as a whole.  The estimated fair value is then allocated to the Company’s reporting units, if applicable, based 
on operating revenues, and is compared with the carrying value of the reporting units.  No impairment charges have 
resulted from the annual impairment tests. 

Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets — Acquired intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a 
straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from three to 23 years.  The acquired intangible asset 
associated with a trademark license agreement is not subject to amortization because the term of the agreement is 
considered to be indefinite. 

Long-Lived Assets and Acquired Intangible Assets — The Company reviews its long-lived assets and finite-
lived  acquired  intangible  assets  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the 
carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.  The Company evaluates recoverability by comparing the 
undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset to the asset’s carrying amount.  The Company also evaluates the 
remaining useful lives of intangible assets to determine if events or trends warrant a revision to the remaining period 
of amortization. 

The Company tests its indefinite-lived acquired intangible asset for impairment on at least an annual basis.  To 
determine if the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, the Company first assesses certain qualitative factors.  
Based on this assessment, if it is determined that more likely than not the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible 
asset is less than its carrying amount, the Company performs a quantitative impairment test.  No impairment charges 
have resulted from the annual impairment tests. 

Income Taxes — The Company files a consolidated U.S. income tax return with its subsidiaries on a calendar 
year basis, combined returns for state tax purposes where required and certain of its subsidiaries file separate state 
income  tax returns  where required.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences 
between the  financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates 
expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be settled 
or realized.  Uncertain tax positions are recognized if they are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, 
based on the technical merits of the position.  The amount of tax benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit 
that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.  The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if 

54 

 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

any, related to income tax  matters as part of the  provision for income taxes on the Consolidated Statements of 
Income. 

Capital Stock — The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of a single class of common stock and 
one or more series of preferred stock as may be authorized for issuance by the Company’s board of directors.  Voting, 
dividend, conversion and liquidation rights of the preferred stock would be established by the board of directors upon 
issuance of such preferred stock. 

Stock-Based  Compensation — The  Company  measures  and  recognizes  compensation  expense  based  on 
estimated grant date fair values for all stock-based payment arrangements.  Stock-based compensation expense is 
based on awards expected to vest and therefore is reduced for estimated forfeitures.  Forfeitures are estimated at the 
time of grant based on the Company’s historical forfeiture experience and revised in subsequent periods if actual 
forfeitures differ from those estimates. 

Transaction-based Revenues — Client securities trades are recorded on a settlement-date basis with such trades 
generally settling within three business days after the trade date.  Revenues and expenses related to client trades, 
including order routing revenue (also referred to as payment for order flow) and revenues from markups on riskless 
principal trades in fixed-income securities, are recorded on a trade-date basis.  Revenues related to client trades are 
recorded net of promotional allowances.  Securities owned by clients, including those that collateralize margin or 
similar transactions, are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

Net Interest Revenue — Net interest revenue primarily consists of income generated by client cash and interest 
charged to clients on margin balances, net of interest paid to clients on their credit balances.  It also includes net 
interest revenue from securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions. 

Insured Deposit Account Fees — Insured deposit account fees consist of revenues resulting from the Insured 
Deposit Account (“IDA”) agreement with TD Bank USA, N.A. (“TD Bank USA”), TD Bank, N.A. and The Toronto-
Dominion  Bank  (“TD”).    Under  the  IDA  agreement,  TD Bank  USA  and  TD  Bank,  N.A.  (together,  the  “TD 
Depository Institutions”) make available to clients of the Company FDIC-insured money market deposit accounts as 
either  designated  sweep  vehicles  or  as  non-sweep  deposit  accounts.    The  Company  provides  marketing, 
recordkeeping and support services for the TD Depository Institutions with respect to the money market deposit 
accounts.  In exchange for providing these services, the TD Depository Institutions pay the Company an aggregate 
marketing fee based on the weighted average yield earned on the client IDA assets, less the actual interest paid to 
clients, a servicing  fee to the TD Depository Institutions and the cost of  FDIC insurance premiums.  The IDA 
agreement is described further in Note 18. 

Investment  Product  Fees — Investment  product  fee  revenue  consists  of  revenues  earned  on  client  assets 
invested in money market mutual funds, other mutual funds and certain Company-sponsored investment programs. 

Advertising — The Company expenses advertising costs the first time the advertising takes place. 

Derivatives and Hedging Activities — The Company occasionally utilizes derivative instruments to manage 
risks, which may include market price, interest rate and foreign currency risks.  The Company does not use derivative 
instruments for speculative or trading purposes.  Derivatives are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as 
assets or liabilities at fair value.  Derivative instruments properly designated to hedge exposure to changes in the fair 
value of assets or liabilities are accounted for as fair value hedges.  Derivative instruments properly designated to 
hedge exposure to the variability of expected future cash flows or other forecasted transactions are accounted for as 
cash flow hedges.  The Company formally documents the risk management objective and strategy for each hedge 
transaction.    Derivative  instruments  that  do  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  are  carried  at  fair  value  on  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets with unrealized gains and losses recorded currently on the Consolidated Statements of 
Income.  Cash flows from derivative instruments accounted for as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges are classified 
in the same category on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as the cash flows from the items being hedged.  
For additional information on the Company's fair value and cash flow hedging instruments, see Note 8.  

Earnings Per Share — Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income by the weighted 
average common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if 

55 

 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock, except when 
such  assumed  exercise  or  conversion  would  have  an  antidilutive  effect  on  EPS.    The  difference  between  the 
numerator and denominator used in the Company's computation of basic and diluted earnings per share consists of 
common stock equivalent shares related to stock-based compensation.  The Company excluded from the calculation 
of diluted earnings per share 0.7 million and 2.5 million shares underlying the stock-based compensation awards for 
fiscal  years 2013 and 2012, respectively, because  their inclusion  would have been antidilutive.  There were no 
material antidilutive awards for fiscal year 2014. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

ASU  2011-11  —  On  October 1,  2013  the  Company  retrospectively  adopted,  for  all  comparative  periods 
presented, Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, and 
ASU 2013-01, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.  The amendments in these 
ASUs enhance disclosures by requiring additional information about financial and derivative instruments, including 
bifurcated  embedded  derivatives,  repurchase  agreements  and  reverse  repurchase  agreements,  and  securities 
borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either (1) offset (netting assets and liabilities) in accordance 
with Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting 
Standards Codification (“ASC”) or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement.  
Adoption of ASU 2011-11 and ASU 2013-01 resulted only in the additional disclosures presented in Note 15. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

ASU 2014-09 — In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, to 
clarify the principles of recognizing revenue from contracts with customers and to improve financial reporting by 
creating common revenue recognition guidance for U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards.  
This ASU will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most 
industry-specific guidance.  Entities are required to apply the following steps when recognizing revenue under ASU 
2014-09: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) 
determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and, 
(5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.  This ASU also requires additional 
disclosures related to the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer 
contracts.  An entity may apply the amendments in ASU 2014-09 by using one of the following two methods: (1) 
retrospective application to each prior reporting period presented or (2) a modified retrospective approach,  requiring 
the standard be applied only to the most current period presented, with the cumulative effect of initially applying the 
standard  recognized  at  the  date  of  initial  application.    ASU  2014-09  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods 
beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period.  Therefore, ASU 2014-09 
will be effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning October 1, 2017.  Early adoption is not permitted.  The 
Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2014-09 will have on the Company's financial statements and 
evaluating which adoption method to apply. 

ASU  2014-11  —  In  June  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-11,  Repurchase-to-Maturity  Transactions, 
Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures.  The amendments in ASU 2014-11 will require entities to account for 
repurchase-to-maturity transactions and linked repurchase financings as secured borrowings, which is consistent with 
the  accounting  for  other  repurchase  agreements.    The  amendments  also  require  new  disclosures,  including 
information regarding collateral pledged in securities lending transactions and similar transactions that are accounted 
for as secured borrowings.  The accounting changes in ASU 2014-11 are effective for the first interim or annual 
period beginning after December 15, 2014, and the new disclosures related to collateral pledged in transactions that 
are accounted for as secured borrowings are required to be presented for annual periods beginning after December 15, 
2014 and for interim periods beginning after March 15, 2015.  Because the Company does not act as a transferor in 
repurchase-to-maturity transactions or linked repurchase financings, the Company's adoption of ASU 2014-11 is not 
expected to result in any accounting changes.  The new disclosure requirements of ASU 2014-11 will be effective for 
the Company's fiscal quarter beginning April 1, 2015. 

56 

 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

2.  Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents is summarized in the following table (dollars in millions): 

September 30, 

2014 

2013 

Corporate ..............................................................................................................    $  298     $  429  
540  
Broker-dealer subsidiaries .....................................................................................   
74  
19  

Trust company subsidiary .....................................................................................   

Investment advisory subsidiaries ..........................................................................   

1,090    
53    
19    

Total .......................................................................................................................    $ 1,460 

  $ 1,062 

Capital requirements may limit the amount of cash available for dividend from the broker-dealer and trust 
company subsidiaries to the parent company.  Most of the trust company cash and cash equivalents arises from client 
transactions in the process of settlement, and therefore is generally not available for corporate purposes.  Cash and 
cash equivalents of the investment advisory subsidiaries is generally not available for corporate purposes. 

3.  Cash and Investments Segregated and on Deposit for Regulatory Purposes 

Cash and investments segregated and on deposit for regulatory purposes consists of the following (dollars in 

millions): 

September 30, 

2014 

2013 

U.S. government debt securities ......................................................................................    $ 3,070 
Reverse repurchase agreements (collateralized by U.S. government debt securities) .....    1,193    
617    
Cash in demand deposit accounts ....................................................................................   
186    
50    

U.S. government debt securities on deposit with futures commission merchant .............   

Cash on deposit with futures commission merchants ......................................................   

  $ 1,995 
2,618  
1,154  
77  
50  

Total .................................................................................................................................  

  $ 5,116 

  $ 5,894 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

4.  Receivable from and Payable to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations 

Amounts receivable from and payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations consist of the following 

(dollars in millions): 

Receivable: 

September 30, 

2014 

2013 

Deposits paid for securities borrowed ...................................................................    $  995 
Broker-dealers .......................................................................................................   
Clearing organizations ...........................................................................................   
Securities failed to deliver .....................................................................................   

3    
104    
6    

  $ 1,220 
9  
115  
4  

Total ......................................................................................................................  

  $ 1,108 

  $ 1,348 

Payable: 
Deposits received for securities loaned .................................................................    $ 2,384     $ 1,948  
2  
Broker-dealers .......................................................................................................   
15  
Clearing organizations ...........................................................................................   
8  
Securities failed to receive .....................................................................................   

3    
23    
11    

Total ......................................................................................................................  

  $ 2,421 

  $ 1,973 

5.  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on Receivables 

The following table summarizes activity in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts on client and other 

receivables for the fiscal years indicated (dollars in millions): 

Beginning balance ................................................................................    $ 

Provision for (recovery of) doubtful accounts, net ..............................   

Write-off of doubtful accounts .............................................................   

15     $ 
3    
(8 )   

21     $ 
(1 )   

(5 )   

18  
9  
(6 ) 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Ending balance .....................................................................................    $ 

10 

  $ 

15 

  $ 

21 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

6. 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consists of the following (dollars in millions): 

September 30, 

2014 

2013 

Software ................................................................................................................   

Buildings and building components ......................................................................    $  264     $  198  
205  
Computer equipment .............................................................................................   
144  
148  
17  
67  

Other property and equipment ..............................................................................   

Land ......................................................................................................................   

Leasehold improvements ......................................................................................   

220    
170    
156    
20    
72    

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization................................................   

(359 )   

(282 ) 

Property and equipment, net .................................................................................    $  543 

  $  497 

902 

779 

7.  Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets 

The Company has recorded goodwill for purchase business combinations to the extent the purchase price of 
each completed acquisition exceeded the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets of each 
acquired company.  There were no material changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the fiscal years ended 
September 30, 2014 and 2013. 

Acquired intangible assets consist of the following (dollars in millions): 

September 30, 

2014 

2013 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net 
Carrying 
Amount 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 
583     $  1,228     $ 
22    
146    
751     $  1,473     $ 

99    
146    

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net 
Carrying 
Amount 
659  
36  
146  
841  

(569 )    $ 

(63 )   
—    

(632 )    $ 

Client relationships ...............    $  1,228     $ 
Technology and content ........   

Trademark license .................   

99    
146    

  $  1,473     $ 

(645 )    $ 

(77 )   
—    

(722 )    $ 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Amortization expense on acquired intangible assets was $90 million, $91 million and $92 million for fiscal 
years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Estimated future amortization expense  for acquired intangible assets 
outstanding as of September 30, 2014 is as follows (dollars in millions): 

Fiscal Year 
2015 .........................................................................................................................    $ 

2016 .........................................................................................................................   

2017 .........................................................................................................................   

2018 .........................................................................................................................   

2019 .........................................................................................................................   

Thereafter (to 2025) .................................................................................................   

Total .........................................................................................................................    $ 

Estimated 
Amortization 
Expense 

90  
85  
76  
72  
68  
214  

605 

8.  Notes Payable and Long-term Debt 

Notes payable and long-term debt consist of the following (dollars in millions): 

September 30, 2014 

Notes payable: 

Face 
Value 

Fair Value 
Adjustment(1) 

Net Carrying 
Value 

Parent Revolving Facility .............................................    $ 

150     $ 

—     $ 

150  

Long-term debt: 
Senior Notes: 

4.150% Notes due 2014 ............................................   
5.600% Notes due 2019 ............................................   

Secured Loan: 

Variable-rate Note due 2019 .....................................   

Subtotal - Long-term debt ..........................................  

Total notes payable and long-term debt .......................  

  $ 

500    
500    

69    
1,069    
1,219     $ 

2    
30    

—    
32    
32     $ 

502  
530  

69  
1,101  
1,251  

September 30, 2013 

Senior Notes: 

Face 
Value 

Fair Value 
Adjustment(1) 

Net Carrying 
Value 

4.150% Notes due 2014 ................................................    $ 
5.600% Notes due 2019 ................................................   

500     $ 
500    

15     $ 
37    

515  
537  

Total long-term debt.....................................................  

  $ 

1,000 

  $ 

52 

  $ 

1,052 

(1) Fair value adjustments relate to changes in the fair value of the debt while in a fair value hedging relationship.  

See “Fair Value Hedging” below. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Fiscal year maturities on long-term debt outstanding at September 30, 2014 are as follows (dollars in millions): 

2017 .......................................................................................................................................   

2015 .......................................................................................................................................    $  510  
14  
2016 .......................................................................................................................................   
14  
14  
14  
503  
Thereafter ...............................................................................................................................   
Total .......................................................................................................................................    $ 1,069  

2018 .......................................................................................................................................   

2019 .......................................................................................................................................   

Senior Notes — As of September 30, 2014 and 2013, the Company had $500 million aggregate principal 
amount of 4.150% Senior Notes due December 1, 2014 (the “2014 Notes”) and $500 million aggregate principal 
amount of 5.600% Senior Notes due December 1, 2019 (the “2019 Notes”).  The 2014 Notes and 2019 Notes are 
unsecured and were sold on November 25, 2009 through a public offering.  Interest on the 2014 Notes and 2019 
Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year.  

The 2014 Notes and 2019 Notes are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by each of 
the Company’s current and future subsidiaries that is or becomes a borrower or a guarantor under the TD Ameritrade 
Holding Corporation Credit Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2014, as described below.  Currently, the only subsidiary 
guarantor  of  the  obligations  under  the  2014  Notes  and  2019  Notes  is  TD Ameritrade  Online  Holdings  Corp. 
(“TDAOH”).    The  2014  Notes,  2019  Notes  and  the  guarantee  by  TDAOH  are  the  general  senior  unsecured 
obligations of the Company and TDAOH. 

The Company may redeem the 2014 Notes and 2019 Notes, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at 
a redemption price equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, and (b) the 
sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the notes being redeemed, 
discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis at the comparable U.S. Treasury rate, plus: 30 basis 
points in the case of the 2014 Notes and 35 basis points in the case of the 2019 Notes, plus, in each case, accrued and 
unpaid interest to the date of redemption. 

On October 17, 2014, the Company sold,  through a public offering, $500 million aggregate principal amount 
of unsecured 3.625% Senior Notes due April 1, 2025 (the “2025 Notes”).  Interest on the 2025 Notes will be payable 
in arrears semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year.  The Company intends to use the net proceeds from 
the issuance of the 2025 Notes, together with cash on hand, to repay in full the outstanding principal under the 
Company's 2014 Notes that mature on December 1, 2014.  

The Company's obligations in respect to the 2025 Notes are not guaranteed by any of its subsidiaries.  The 
Company may redeem the 2025 Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to January 1, 2025 at a redemption price 
equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, and (b) the sum of the present 
values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the notes being redeemed, discounted to the 
date of redemption on a semi-annual basis at the comparable U.S. Treasury rate, plus 25 basis points, plus accrued 
and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.  The Company may redeem the 2025 Notes, in whole or in part, at any 
time on or after January 1, 2025 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being 
redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. 

Secured  Loan — On  September  15,  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  a  bank  loan  agreement  (the  “Loan 
Agreement”) in the aggregate principal amount of $69 million, the proceeds of which were used to purchase real 
estate for use in the Company’s operations.  The loan is secured by a lien against the purchased real estate and is 
guaranteed by TDAOH and ThinkTech, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company.  The principal amount of the loan plus 
accrued interest is due and payable in 20 consecutive quarterly installments, beginning January 1, 2015, with the last 
installment due on October 1, 2019.  The interest rate under the Loan Agreement is based on the one-month London 
Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), adjusted and determined monthly, plus 1.375 percentage points.  At September 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

30, 2014, the interest rate was 1.53%.  The Company may prepay any principal or interest under the loan without 
penalty or other cost.  The covenants applicable under the Loan Agreement are substantially consistent with the terms 
of the TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation Credit Agreement, dated June 11, 2014, described below.  

Fair Value Hedging — The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of its fixed-rate Senior Notes 
resulting from interest rate fluctuations.  To hedge this exposure, on December 30, 2009, the Company entered into a 
fixed-for-variable interest rate swap on the 2014 Notes for a notional amount of $500 million, with a maturity date 
matching the maturity date of the 2014 Notes.  In addition, on January 7, 2011, the Company entered into a fixed-for-
variable interest rate swap on the 2019 Notes for a notional amount of $500 million, with a maturity date matching 
the maturity date of the 2019 Notes.  The interest rate swaps effectively change the fixed-rate interest on the Senior 
Notes to variable-rate interest.  Under the terms of the interest rate swap agreements, the Company receives semi-
annual fixed-rate interest payments based on the same rates applicable to the Senior Notes, and makes quarterly 
variable-rate interest payments based on three-month LIBOR plus (a) 1.245% for the swap on the 2014 Notes and 
(b) 2.3745% for the swap on the 2019 Notes.  As of September 30, 2014, the weighted average effective interest rate 
on the Senior Notes was 2.04%. 

The  interest  rate  swaps  are  accounted  for  as  fair  value  hedges  and  qualify  for  the  shortcut  method  of 
accounting.  Changes in the payment of interest resulting from the interest rate swaps are recorded in interest on 
borrowings  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.    Changes  in  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  are 
completely offset by changes in fair value of the related notes, resulting in no effect on net income.  The following 
table summarizes gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps designated as fair 
value hedges and the hedged fixed-rate debt for the fiscal years indicated (dollars in millions): 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Gain (loss) on fair value of interest rate swaps ....................................    $ 

8  
(8 ) 
Gain (loss) on fair value of hedged fixed-rate debt ..............................   
Net gain (loss) recorded in interest on borrowings ..............................    $  —     $  —     $  —  

(44 )    $ 
44    

(20 )    $ 
20    

In addition, on November 19, 2014, the Company entered into a fixed-for-variable interest rate swap on the 
2025 Notes for a notional amount of $500 million, with a maturity date matching the maturity date of the 2025 Notes.  
Under the terms of this interest rate swap agreement, the Company receives semi-annual fixed-rate interest payments 
based on the same rate applicable to the 2025 Notes, and makes quarterly variable-rate interest payments based on 
three-month LIBOR plus 1.1022%. 

Cash Flow Hedging – On January 17, 2014, the Company entered into forward-starting interest rate swap 
contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $500 million, to hedge against changes in the benchmark interest rate 
component of future interest payments resulting from the anticipated refinancing of the 2014 Notes.  The Company 
designated the contracts as a cash flow hedge of the future interest payments.   

Under cash flow hedge accounting, until settlement the swap contracts are carried at fair value and, to the extent 
they are an effective hedge, any unrealized gains or losses are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). Any 
ineffective portion of the unrealized gains or losses is immediately recorded into earnings.  Upon settlement, any 
realized gain or loss that has been recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) is amortized into earnings over the 
term of the newly-issued fixed-rate debt.  The Company evaluates the effectiveness of forward-starting interest rate 
swap agreements on a quarterly basis.  The Company did not record any ineffectiveness for the fiscal year ended 
September 30, 2014.   

On October 17, 2014, the Company sold $500 million of 2025 Notes as described under “Senior Notes” above, 
and paid approximately $45 million to settle the forward-starting interest rate swap contracts.  As of October 17, 
2014, the Company recorded $0.5 million of pre-tax loss immediately into earnings to reflect ineffectiveness resulting 
from the issuance of the 2025 Notes slightly earlier than forecast, and expects to reclassify another $4.4 million of 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

pre-tax net unrealized losses, that were reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), into earnings 
within the next 12 months.  

The following table summarizes pre-tax losses resulting from changes in the fair value of the forward-starting 

interest rate swaps for the fiscal years indicated (dollars in millions): 

Amount of Loss Recognized in 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
(Effective Portion) 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Forward-starting interest rate swaps ............................    $ 

(29 )    $ 

—     $ 

—  

Balance Sheet Impact of Hedging Instruments  — The following table summarizes the  fair value of outstanding 
derivatives designated as hedging instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (dollars in millions): 

Balance Sheet Location 

2014 

2013 

September 30, 

Interest rate contracts: 

Pay-variable interest rate swaps designated as fair 

value hedges 

  Other assets .................................    $ 

32 

  $ 

52 

Forward-starting interest rate swaps designated as 

cash flow hedges 

Accounts payable and other 

liabilities ..................................    $ 

(29 )    $  — 

The interest rate swaps are subject to counterparty credit risk.  Credit risk is managed by limiting activity to 
approved counterparties that meet a minimum credit rating threshold, by entering into credit support agreements, or 
by utilizing approved central clearing counterparties registered with the CFTC.  The interest rate swaps require daily 
collateral coverage, in the form of cash or U.S. Treasury securities, for the aggregate fair value of the interest rate 
swaps  (including  accrued  interest).    As  of  September 30,  2014  and  2013,  the  pay-variable  interest  rate  swap 
counterparties had pledged $47 million and $67 million of collateral, respectively, to the Company in the form of 
cash.  A liability for collateral pledged to the Company in the form of cash is recorded in accounts payable and other 
liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  As of September 30, 2014 the Company had pledged $43 million of 
collateral to the forward-starting interest rate swap counterparties in the form of cash.  An asset for collateral pledged 
to the swap counterparties in the form of cash is recorded in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation Credit Agreement — On June 11, 2014, the Parent entered into a credit 
agreement consisting of a senior unsecured revolving credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of $300 million 
(the “Parent Revolving Facility”).  The Parent Revolving Facility replaced the Parent's prior $300 million unsecured 
revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to expire on June 28, 2014.  The maturity date of the Parent Revolving 
Facility is June 11, 2019.   

The applicable interest rate under the Parent Revolving Facility is calculated as a per annum rate equal to, at the 
option of the Parent, (a) LIBOR plus an interest rate margin (“Parent LIBOR loans”) or (b) (i) the highest of (x) the 
prime rate, (y) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% or (z) one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%, plus (ii) an interest 
rate margin (“Base Rate loans”).  The interest rate margin ranges from 0.875% to 1.75% for Parent LIBOR loans and 
from 0% to 0.75% for Base Rate loans, determined by reference to the Company’s public debt ratings.  The Parent is 
obligated to pay a commitment fee ranging from 0.10% to 0.25% on any unused amount of the Parent Revolving 
Facility, determined by reference to the Company's public debt ratings.   

As of September 30, 2014, there was $150 million of borrowings outstanding under the Parent Revolving 
Facility, consisting of Parent LIBOR loans.  There were no borrowings outstanding under the Parent's prior unsecured 
revolving credit facility as of September 30, 2013.  As of September 30, 2014, the commitment fee was 0.15% and 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

the interest rate margin was 1.25%, each determined by reference to the Company’s public debt ratings, and the 
interest rate was 1.40%, based on one-month LIBOR plus the interest rate margin. 

The  obligations  under  the  Parent  Revolving  Facility  are  guaranteed  by  TDAOH  and  each  “significant 
subsidiary” (as defined in SEC Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X) of the Parent, other than broker-dealer subsidiaries, 
futures  commission  merchant  subsidiaries  and  controlled  foreign  corporations.    Currently,  the  only  subsidiary 
guarantor of the obligations under the Parent Revolving Facility is TDAOH. 

The Parent Revolving Facility contains negative covenants that limit or restrict, subject to certain exceptions, 
the incurrence of liens, indebtedness of subsidiaries, mergers, consolidations, transactions with affiliates, change in 
nature of business and the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Parent is also required to 
maintain compliance with a maximum consolidated leverage ratio covenant and a minimum consolidated interest 
coverage ratio covenant, and the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries are required to maintain compliance with a 
minimum regulatory net capital covenant.  The Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Parent 
Revolving Facility as of September 30, 2014. 

TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. Credit Agreement - On June 11, 2014, TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. (“TDAC”), 
the Company’s clearing broker-dealer subsidiary, entered into a credit agreement consisting of a senior unsecured 
revolving credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of $300 million (the “TDAC Revolving Facility”).  The 
TDAC  Revolving  Facility  replaced TDAC’s  prior  $300  million  unsecured  revolving  credit  facility,  which  was 
scheduled to expire on June 28, 2014.  The maturity date of the TDAC Revolving Facility is June 11, 2019.  

The applicable interest rate under the TDAC Revolving Facility is calculated as a per annum rate equal to, at the 
option of TDAC, (a) LIBOR plus an interest rate margin (“TDAC LIBOR loans”) or (b) the federal funds effective 
rate plus an interest rate margin (“Fed Funds Rate loans”).  The interest rate margin ranges from 0.75% to 1.50% for 
both TDAC LIBOR loans and Fed Funds Rate loans, determined by reference to the Company’s public debt ratings.  
TDAC is obligated to pay a commitment fee ranging from 0.08% to 0.20% on any unused amount of the TDAC 
Revolving Facility, determined by reference to the Company’s public debt ratings.  As of September 30, 2014, the 
interest rate  margin  would  have been 1.00% for both TDAC  LIBOR loans and Fed  Funds Rate  loans, and the 
commitment fee was 0.125%, each determined by reference to the Company’s public debt ratings.  There were no 
borrowings outstanding under the TDAC Revolving Facility and the prior TDAC unsecured revolving credit facility 
as of September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

The TDAC Revolving Facility contains negative covenants that limit or restrict, subject to certain exceptions, 
the incurrence of liens, indebtedness of TDAC, mergers, consolidations, change in nature of business and the sale of 
all or substantially all of the assets of TDAC. TDAC is also required to maintain minimum tangible net worth and is 
required to maintain compliance with minimum regulatory net capital requirements. TDAC was in compliance with 
all covenants under the TDAC Revolving Facility as of September 30, 2014. 

64 

 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

9. 

Income Taxes 

Provision for income taxes is comprised of the following for the fiscal years indicated (dollars in millions): 

Current expense: 

Federal ............................................................................................    $ 

State ................................................................................................   

Deferred expense (benefit): 

Federal ............................................................................................   

State ................................................................................................   

2014 

2013 

2012 

457     $ 
53    

370     $ 
33    

510 

403 

314  
1  

315 

(28 )   
1    

(27 )   

(2 )   
12    

10 

(2 ) 
7  

5 

Provision for income taxes .............................................................    $ 

483 

  $ 

413 

  $ 

320 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate applicable to pre-tax income follows for 

the fiscal years indicated: 

Federal statutory rate......................................................................   

State taxes, net of federal tax effect ...............................................   

Adjustments to estimated state income taxes .................................   

Interest recorded on unrecognized tax benefits, net .......................   

Reversal of accruals for unrecognized tax benefits ........................   

Reversal of capital loss valuation allowance .................................   

Other ..............................................................................................   

2014   
35.0 %   
3.1  
0.2  
0.2  
(0.5 ) 
—  
—  

2013   
35.0 %   
2.6  
0.4  
0.3  
(0.3 ) 
—  
—  

2012   
35.0 % 
2.1  
0.1  
0.1  
(1.7 ) 

(0.4 ) 
0.1  

38.0 %   

38.0 %   

35.3 % 

The Company’s effective income tax rate for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 was 38.0%, compared to 35.3% for 
fiscal year 2012.  The provision for income taxes for fiscal year 2014 included $10 million of favorable resolutions of 
state income tax matters, partially offset by $2 million of unfavorable deferred income tax adjustments resulting from 
state income tax law changes.  These items had a net favorable impact on the Company's earnings for fiscal year 2014 
of approximately one cent per share.  The provision for income taxes for fiscal year 2013 included $6 million of 
favorable resolutions of state income tax matters, which was mostly offset by $4 million of unfavorable deferred 
income tax adjustments resulting from state income tax law changes.  The provision for income taxes for fiscal year 
2012 was significantly lower than normal primarily due to $19 million of favorable resolutions of state income tax 
matters  and  a  $3  million  benefit  resulting  from  the  reversal  of  a  valuation  allowance  related  to  a  capital  loss 
carryover.  These items favorably impacted the Company’s earnings for fiscal year 2012 by approximately four cents 
per share.  

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following (dollars in millions): 

September 30, 

2014 

2013 

Deferred tax assets: 

Accrued and other liabilities .................................................................................    $ 

Intangible assets, state tax benefit ........................................................................   

Stock-based compensation ...................................................................................   

Allowance for doubtful accounts ..........................................................................   

Operating loss carryforwards ................................................................................   

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedging instruments ...............................................   

Other deferred tax assets.......................................................................................   

Gross deferred tax assets.......................................................................................  

Less: Valuation allowance ....................................................................................   

Net deferred tax assets ..........................................................................................  

78     $ 
10    
37    
5    
12    
11    
—    
153    
(9 )   
144    

72  
12  
36  
6  
21  
—  
3  
150  
(18 ) 
132  

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Property and intangible assets ..............................................................................   

(452 )   

(478 ) 

Other deferred tax liabilities .................................................................................   

(6 )   

(5 ) 

Total deferred tax liabilities ..................................................................................  

(458 )   

(483 ) 

Net deferred tax liabilities .....................................................................................    $  (314 )    $  (351 ) 

Included in deferred tax assets above as of September 30, 2014 and 2013, is approximately $1 million of 
deferred tax benefits relating to intangible asset amortization deductions expected to be claimed in various state 
taxing jurisdictions, which may not be offset by deferred tax liabilities arising from different taxing jurisdictions on 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  These amounts are included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

As of September 30, 2014, the Company has recorded a tax benefit for approximately $3 million of federal net 
operating loss carryover that was acquired as part of the thinkorswim Group Inc. acquisition in fiscal 2009.  The net 
operating loss expires in 2019, and is subject to substantial annual limitations on the utilization of the net operating 
loss.  The amount of tax benefit recorded in the financial statements represents the amount that is more likely than not 
to  be  realized  within  the  carryforward  period.    At  September 30,  2014,  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  have 
approximately $173 million of separate state operating loss carryforwards.  These carryforwards expire between 
fiscal 2015 and 2033.  Because the realization of the tax benefit from state loss carryforwards is dependent on certain 
subsidiaries generating sufficient state taxable income in future periods, as well as annual limitations on future 
utilization, the Company has provided a valuation allowance against the computed benefit in order to reflect the tax 
benefit expected to be realized.  The $9 million decrease in the valuation allowance from September 30, 2013 to 
September 30, 2014 was primarily due to expiration of certain state net operating loss carryforwards during fiscal 
2014. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

A reconciliation of  the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits  follows  for the  fiscal  years indicated 

(dollars in millions): 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year ................ 

Additions for tax positions of prior years ............................................. 

Beginning balance ................................................................................   $  137 
29  
10  
(1 ) 
—  
(10 ) 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years ........................................... 

Reductions due to lapsed statute of limitations .................................... 

Reductions due to settlements with taxing authorities .......................... 

  $  139 
8  
2  
(5 ) 

  $  145 
10  
8  
(3 ) 

(1 ) 

(6 ) 

(5 ) 

(16 ) 

Ending balance .....................................................................................   $  165 

  $  137 

  $  139 

The balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2014 was $165 million ($107 million net of the 
federal benefit on state matters), all of which, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in 
any future periods.  The balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2013 was $137 million ($89 
million net of the federal benefit on state matters), all of which, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective 
income tax rate in any future periods.  The Company’s income tax returns are subject to review and examination by 
federal, state and local taxing authorities.  The federal returns for 2011 through 2013 remain open under the statute of 
limitations.  The years open to examination by state and local government authorities vary by jurisdiction, but the 
statute of limitations is generally three to four years from the date the tax return is filed.  It is reasonably possible that 
the gross unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2014 could decrease by up to $49 million ($32 million net of 
the federal benefit on state matters) within the next twelve months as a result of settlements of certain examinations 
or expiration of the statute of limitations with respect to other tax filings. 

The Company recognized interest and penalties expense (net of the federal benefit) of $3 million and $2 million 
for fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The Company recognized $3 million of net benefits for interest and 
penalties (net of the federal income tax effect) on the Consolidated Statement of Income for fiscal year 2012, due to 
the favorable resolution of an uncertain tax position.  As of September 30, 2014 and 2013, accrued interest and 
penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits was $53 million and $48 million, respectively. 

10. Capital Requirements

The Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1 
under the Exchange Act), administered by the SEC and FINRA, which requires the maintenance of minimum net 
capital, as defined.  Net capital and the related net capital requirement may fluctuate on a daily basis.  TDAC, the 
Company’s clearing broker-dealer subsidiary, and TD Ameritrade, Inc., the Company’s introducing broker-dealer 
subsidiary, compute net capital under the alternative method as permitted by Rule 15c3-1.  TDAC is required to 
maintain minimum net capital of the greater of $1.5 million, which is based on the type of business conducted by the 
broker-dealer, or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from client transactions. 

Under Rule 15c3-1, TD Ameritrade, Inc. is required to maintain minimum net capital of the greater of $250,000 
or 2% of aggregate debit balances.  As a futures commission merchant registered with the CFTC, TD Ameritrade, Inc. 
is also subject to CFTC Regulation 1.17 under the Commodity Exchange Act, administered by the CFTC and the 
NFA, which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital of the greatest of (a) $1.0 million, (b) its futures risk-
based capital requirement, equal to 8% of the total risk margin requirement for all futures positions carried by the 
futures commission merchant in client and nonclient accounts, or (c) its Rule 15c3-1 net capital requirement. 

Under the alternative method, a broker-dealer may not repay any subordinated borrowings, pay cash dividends 
or make any unsecured advances or loans to its parent company or employees if such payment would result in a net 
capital  amount  of  (a) less  than  5%  of  aggregate  debit  balances,  (b) less  than  110%  of  its  risk-based  capital 

67 

TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

requirement under CFTC Regulation 1.17, or (c) less than 120% of its minimum dollar requirement.  These net 
capital  thresholds,  which  are  specified  in  Exchange Act  Rule  17a-11  and  CFTC  Regulation  1.12,  are  typically 
referred to as “early warning” net capital thresholds. 

Net capital and net capital requirements for the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries are summarized in the 

following tables (dollars in millions): 

TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 

Required 
Net Capital 
(2% of 
Aggregate 
Debit Balances) 

Net Capital 
in Excess of 
Required 
Net Capital 

Date 

Net 
Capital 

September 30, 2014 ..........  $ 

September 30, 2013 ..........  $ 

1,569     $ 
1,302     $ 

280     $ 
222     $ 

TD Ameritrade, Inc. 

Net Capital in 
Excess of 
Early Warning 
Threshold (5% 
of Aggregate 
Debit Balances) 
868  
746  

1,289     $ 
1,080     $ 

Ratio of Net 
Capital to 
Aggregate 
Debit Balances 

11.19 % 

11.70 % 

Date 

Net 
Capital 

Required 
Net Capital 
(8% of Total 
Risk Margin) 

Net Capital 
in Excess of 
Required 
Net Capital 

Net Capital in 
Excess of 
Early Warning 
Threshold 
(110% of 
Required 
Net Capital) 

September 30, 2014 ..........  $ 

September 30, 2013 ..........  $ 

347     $ 
305     $ 

17     $ 
10     $ 

330     $ 
295     $ 

328  
294  

The Company’s non-depository trust company subsidiary, TD Ameritrade Trust Company (“TDATC”), is subject 
to capital requirements established by the State of Maine, which require TDATC to maintain minimum Tier 1 capital, 
as  defined.    TDATC’s  Tier  1  capital  was  $27  million  and  $23  million  as  of  September 30,  2014  and  2013, 
respectively, which exceeded the required Tier 1 capital by $12 million and $8 million, respectively. 

11. Stock-based Compensation

The Company has two stock incentive plans under which Company stock-based awards may be granted: the 
TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) and the 2006 Directors Incentive Plan 
(the  “Directors  Plan”).    The  Company  also  assumed  stock  incentive  plans  in  connection  with  past  business 
combinations.  New stock awards can no longer be granted under the assumed plans.  The LTIP authorizes the 
award of options to purchase common stock, common stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock 
units, performance shares and performance units.  Under the LTIP, 42,104,174 shares of the Company’s common 
stock  are  reserved  for  issuance  to  eligible  employees,  consultants  and  non-employee  directors.    The  Directors 
Plan  authorizes  the  award  of  options  to  purchase  common  stock,  common  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted 
stock units and restricted stock.  Under the Directors Plan, 1,830,793 shares of the Company’s common stock are 
reserved for issuance to non-employee directors. 

Stock options, except for replacement options granted in connection with business combinations, are granted by 
the Company with an exercise price not less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the grant 
date.  Stock options generally vest over a one- to four-year period and expire 10 years after the grant date.  Restricted 
Stock Units (“RSUs”) are awards that entitle the holder to receive shares of Company common stock following a 
vesting period.  RSUs granted to employees generally vest after the completion of a three-year period.  RSUs granted 
to non-employee directors generally vest over a one-year period. 

68 

TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Stock-based compensation expense was $32 million, $29 million and $41 million for fiscal years 2014, 2013 
and 2012, respectively.  The related income tax benefits were $12 million, $11 million and $15 million for fiscal 
years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

The following is a summary of option activity in the Company’s stock incentive plans for the fiscal year ended 

September 30, 2014: 

Number of 
Options 
(in thousands) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term (Years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in millions) 

Outstanding at beginning of year ..................  

Exercised ......................................................

Outstanding at end of year ............................  

Exercisable at end of year .............................  

2,543     $ 
(407 )    $ 
2,136     $ 
2,136     $ 

18.36  
17.98  
18.43  
18.43  

4.0    $ 

4.0    $ 

32  
32  

The Company measures the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model as of the date of 
grant.   No options  were granted during  fiscal  years 2014, 2013 and 2012.  The total intrinsic  value of options 
exercised during fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $6 million, $65 million and $21 million, respectively.  As of 
September 30, 2014, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock option awards. 

The Company measures the fair value of RSUs based upon the volume-weighted average market price of the 
underlying common stock as of the date of grant.  RSUs are amortized over their applicable vesting period using the 
straight-line method, reduced by expected forfeitures. 

The following is a summary of RSU activity in the Company’s stock incentive plans for the fiscal year ended 

September 30, 2014: 

Nonvested at beginning of year ........................................................ 

Granted .............................................................................................. 

Dividend equivalents ......................................................................... 

Vested ................................................................................................ 

Forfeited ............................................................................................ 

Nonvested at end of year ................................................................... 

Number of 
Units 
(in thousands) 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 

5,351     $ 
1,197     $ 
168     $ 
(1,640 )    $ 

(244 )    $ 
4,832     $ 

17.00  
29.97  
18.66  
18.72  
19.34  
19.57  

As of September 30, 2014, there was $27 million of estimated unrecognized compensation cost related to 

nonvested RSUs, which was expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years. 

Although  the  Company  does  not  have  a  formal  policy  regarding  issuance  of  shares  for  stock-based 
compensation, such shares are generally issued from treasury stock.  The Stockholders Agreement entered into in 
connection with the acquisition of TD Waterhouse requires the Company to repurchase its common stock from time 
to time to offset dilution resulting from stock option exercises and other stock awards subsequent to the acquisition. 
As  of  September 30,  2014,  the  Company  was  not  obligated  to  repurchase  additional  shares  pursuant  to  the 
Stockholders Agreement.  The Company cannot estimate the amount and timing of repurchases that may be required 
as a result of future stock issuances. 

69 

 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

12. Employee Benefit Plans

The  Company  has  a  401(k)  and  profit-sharing  plan  under  which  annual  profit-sharing  contributions  are
determined at the discretion of the board of directors.  The Company also makes matching contributions pursuant to 
the plan document.  Profit-sharing and matching contributions expense was $30 million for fiscal year 2014 and $28 
million for each of fiscal years 2013 and 2012.  

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments — The Company has various non-cancelable operating leases on facilities and certain

office equipment requiring annual payments as follows (dollars in millions): 

Minimum 
Lease 
Payments 

Sublease 
Income 

Fiscal Year 
2015 .......................................................................   $ 

2016 ....................................................................... 

2017 ....................................................................... 

2018 ....................................................................... 

2019 ....................................................................... 

Thereafter (to 2030) ............................................... 

Total .......................................................................   $ 

54     $ 
53  
52  
50  
46  
90  
345     $ 

Net Lease 
Commitments 
53  
51  
50  
49  
45  
90  
338  

(1 )    $ 

(2 ) 

(2 ) 

(1 ) 

(1 ) 
—  
(7 )    $ 

A majority of the leases for the Company’s branch offices contain provisions for renewal at the Company’s 
option.  Rental expense, net of sublease income, was approximately $49 million, $54 million and $50 million for 
fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Order Routing Litigation — Five putative class action complaints have been filed regarding TD Ameritrade’s 
routing of client orders.  Four cases are pending in the U.S. District Court for the District of Nebraska: Jay Zola et 
al. v. TD Ameritrade, Inc., et al; Tyler Verdieck v. TD Ameritrade, Inc.; Bruce Lerner v. TD Ameritrade, Inc.; Michael 
Sarbacker v. TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation, et al.  A fifth case is pending in the U.S. District Court for the 
District of New Jersey: Gerald Klein v. TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation, et al.  The complaints in Zola, Klein 
and Sarbacker allege that the defendants failed to provide clients with “best execution” and routed orders to the 
market venue that paid the most for its order flow.  The complaints in Verdieck and Lerner allege that the defendant 
routed its clients’ non-marketable limit orders to the venue paying the highest rates of maker rebates, and that clients 
did not receive best execution on these  kinds of orders.  The complaints variously include claims of breach of 
contract, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of the duty of best execution, fraud, negligent misrepresentation, violations 
of Section 10(b) and 20 of the Exchange Act and SEC Rule 10b-5, violation of Nebraska’s Consumer Protection Act, 
aiding  and  abetting,  unjust  enrichment  and  declaratory  judgment.   The  complaints  seek  various  kinds  of  relief 
including damages, restitution, disgorgement,  injunctive relief, equitable relief and other relief.  The  Company 
intends to vigorously defend against these lawsuits.  The Company is unable to predict the outcome or the timing of 
the ultimate resolution of these lawsuits, or the potential losses, if any, that may result. 

Reserve  Fund  Matters — During  September  2008,  The  Reserve,  an  independent  mutual  fund  company, 
announced that the net asset value of the Reserve Yield Plus Fund declined below $1.00 per share.  The Yield Plus 
Fund was not a money market mutual fund, but its stated objective was to maintain a net asset value of $1.00 per 
share.  TD Ameritrade, Inc.’s clients continue to hold shares in the Yield Plus Fund (now known as “Yield Plus Fund 
– In Liquidation”), which is being liquidated.  On July 23, 2010, The Reserve announced that through that date it had
distributed approximately 94.8% of the Yield Plus Fund assets as of September 15, 2008 and that the Yield Plus Fund 

70 

TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

had approximately $39.7 million in total remaining assets.  The Reserve stated that the fund’s Board of Trustees has 
set aside almost the entire amount of the remaining assets to cover potential claims, fees and expenses.  The Company 
estimates  that  TD Ameritrade,  Inc.  clients’  current  positions  held  in  the  Reserve  Yield  Plus  Fund  amount  to 
approximately 79% of the fund. 

On January 27, 2011, TD Ameritrade, Inc. entered into a settlement with the SEC, agreeing to pay $0.012 per 
share to all eligible current or former clients that purchased shares of the Yield Plus Fund and continued to own those 
shares.  Clients who purchased Yield Plus Fund shares through independent registered investment advisors were not 
eligible for the payment.  In February 2011, the Company paid clients approximately $10 million under the settlement 
agreement. 

In November 2008, a purported class action lawsuit was filed with respect to the Yield Plus Fund.  The lawsuit 
is captioned Ross v. Reserve Management Company, Inc. et al. and is pending in the U.S. District Court for the 
Southern District of New York.  The Ross lawsuit is on behalf of persons who purchased shares of Reserve Yield Plus 
Fund.  On November 20, 2009, the plaintiffs filed a first amended complaint naming as defendants the fund’s advisor, 
certain of its affiliates and the Company and certain of its directors, officers and shareholders as alleged control 
persons.    The  complaint  alleges  claims  of  violations  of  the  federal  securities  laws  and  other  claims  based  on 
allegations  that  false  and  misleading  statements  and  omissions  were  made  in  the  Reserve  Yield  Plus  Fund 
prospectuses  and  in  other  statements  regarding  the  fund.    The  complaint  seeks  an  unspecified  amount  of 
compensatory damages including interest, attorneys’ fees, rescission, exemplary damages and equitable relief.  On 
January 19, 2010, the defendants submitted motions to dismiss the complaint.  The motions are pending. 

The Company estimates that its clients’ current aggregate shortfall, based on the original par value of their 
holdings in the Yield Plus Fund, less the value of fund distributions to date and payments to clients under the SEC 
settlement, is approximately $36 million.  This amount does not take into account any assets remaining in the fund 
that may become available for future distributions. 

The Company is unable to predict the outcome or the timing of the ultimate resolution of the Ross lawsuit, or 
the potential loss, if any, that may result.  However, management believes the outcome is not likely to have a material 
adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. 

Other Legal and Regulatory Matters — The Company is subject to a number of other lawsuits, arbitrations, 
claims and other legal proceedings in connection with its business.  Some of these legal actions include claims for 
substantial or unspecified compensatory and/or punitive damages.  In addition, in the normal course of business, the 
Company discusses matters with its regulators raised during regulatory examinations or otherwise subject to their 
inquiry.  These matters could result in censures, fines, penalties or other sanctions. ASC 450, Loss Contingencies, 
governs the recognition and disclosure of loss contingencies, including potential losses from legal and regulatory 
matters.  ASC 450 categorizes loss contingencies using three terms based on the likelihood of occurrence of events 
that result in a loss: “probable” means that “the future event or events are likely to occur;” “remote” means that “the 
chance of the future event or events occurring is slight;” and “reasonably possible” means that “the chance of the 
future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely.”  Under ASC 450, the Company accrues for 
losses that are considered both probable and reasonably estimable.  The Company may incur losses in addition to the 
amounts accrued where the losses are greater than estimated by management, or for matters for which an unfavorable 
outcome is considered reasonably possible, but not probable. 

The Company estimates that the aggregate range of reasonably possible losses in excess of amounts accrued is 
from $0 to $30 million as of September 30, 2014.  This estimated aggregate range of reasonably possible losses is 
based upon currently available information for those legal and regulatory matters in which the Company is involved, 
taking into account the Company’s best estimate of reasonably possible losses for those cases as to which an estimate 
can be made.  For certain cases, the Company does not believe an estimate can currently be made, as some cases are 
in  preliminary  stages  and  some  cases  have  no  specific  amounts  claimed.    The  Company’s  estimate  involves 
significant  judgment,  given  the  varying  stages  of  the  proceedings  and  the  inherent  uncertainty  of  predicting 
outcomes.  The estimated range will change from time to time as the underlying matters, stages of proceedings and 
available information change.  Actual losses may vary significantly from the current estimated range. 

71 

TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

The Company believes, based on its current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the ultimate 
disposition of these legal and regulatory matters, individually or in the aggregate, is not likely to have a material 
adverse effect on the financial condition or cash flows of the Company.  However, in light of the uncertainties 
involved in such matters, the Company is unable to predict the outcome or the timing of the ultimate resolution of 
these matters, or the potential losses, fines, penalties or equitable relief, if any, that may result, and it is possible that 
the ultimate resolution of one or more of these matters may be material to the Company’s results of operations for a 
particular reporting period. 

Income Taxes — The Company’s federal and state income tax returns are subject to examination by taxing 
authorities.  Because the application of tax laws and regulations to many types of transactions is subject to varying 
interpretations, amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements could be significantly changed at a later 
date upon final determinations by taxing authorities.  TD has agreed to indemnify the Company for tax obligations, if 
any, pertaining to activities of TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. (“TD Waterhouse”) prior to the Company’s acquisition of 
TD Waterhouse in January 2006. 

General Contingencies — In the ordinary course of business, there are various contingencies that are not 
reflected in the consolidated financial statements.  These include the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries’ client 
activities involving the execution, settlement and financing of various client securities, options, futures and foreign 
exchange transactions.  These activities may expose the Company to credit risk in the event the clients are unable to 
fulfill their contractual obligations. 

The Company extends margin credit and leverage to its clients.  In margin transactions, the Company extends 
credit  to  the  client,  subject  to  various  regulatory  and  internal  margin  requirements,  collateralized  by  cash  and 
securities in the client’s account. In connection with these activities, the Company also executes and clears client 
transactions involving the sale of securities not yet purchased (“short sales”).  Such margin-related transactions may 
expose the Company to credit risk in the event a client’s assets are not sufficient to fully cover losses that the client 
may incur.  Leverage involves securing a large potential future obligation with a lesser amount of cash and securities.  
The risks associated with margin credit and leverage increase during periods of rapid market movements, or in cases 
where leverage or collateral is concentrated and market movements occur.  In the event the client fails to satisfy its 
obligations,  the  Company  has  the  authority  to  purchase  or  sell  financial  instruments  in  the  client’s  account  at 
prevailing  market  prices  in  order  to  fulfill  the  client’s  obligations.    However,  during  periods  of  rapid  market 
movements, clients who utilize margin credit or leverage and who have collateralized their obligations with securities 
may find that the securities have a rapidly depreciating value and may not be sufficient to cover their obligations in 
the event of liquidation.  The Company seeks to mitigate the risks associated with its client margin and leverage 
activities  by  requiring  clients  to  maintain  margin  collateral  in  compliance  with  various  regulatory  and  internal 
guidelines.   The  Company  monitors  required  margin  levels  throughout  each  trading  day  and,  pursuant  to  such 
guidelines, requires clients to deposit additional collateral, or to reduce positions, when necessary. 

The Company loans securities temporarily to other broker-dealers in connection with its broker-dealer business.  
The Company receives cash as collateral for the securities loaned.  Increases in securities prices may cause the 
market  value  of  the  securities  loaned  to  exceed  the  amount  of  cash  received  as  collateral.    In  the  event  the 
counterparty to these transactions does not return the loaned securities, the Company may be exposed to the risk of 
acquiring the securities at prevailing market prices in order to satisfy its client obligations.  The Company mitigates 
this risk by requiring credit approvals for counterparties, by monitoring the market value of securities loaned on a 
daily basis and requiring additional cash as collateral when necessary, and by participating in a risk-sharing program 
offered through the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”). 

The Company borrows securities temporarily from other broker-dealers in connection with its broker-dealer 
business.  The Company deposits cash as collateral for the securities borrowed.  Decreases in securities prices may 
cause the market value of the securities borrowed to fall below the amount of cash deposited as collateral.  In the 
event the counterparty to these transactions does not return the cash deposited, the Company may be exposed to the 
risk  of  selling  the  securities  at  prevailing  market  prices.    The  Company  mitigates  this  risk  by  requiring  credit 
approvals for counterparties,  by  monitoring the collateral  values on a daily basis and requiring collateral to be 

72 

 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

returned by the counterparties when necessary, and by participating in a risk-sharing program offered through the 
OCC. 

The Company transacts in reverse repurchase agreements (securities purchased under agreements to resell) in 
connection with its broker-dealer business.  The Company’s policy is to take possession or control of securities with a 
market  value  in  excess  of  the  principal  amount  loaned,  plus  accrued  interest,  in  order  to  collateralize  resale 
agreements.  The Company monitors the  market value of the underlying securities that collateralize the related 
receivable on resale agreements on a daily basis and may require additional collateral when deemed appropriate. 

The Company has accepted collateral in connection with client margin loans and securities borrowed.  Under 
applicable agreements, the Company is generally permitted to repledge securities held as collateral and use them to 
enter into securities lending arrangements.  The following table summarizes the fair values of client margin securities 
and stock borrowings that were available to the Company to utilize as collateral on various borrowings or for other 
purposes, and the amount of that collateral loaned or repledged by the Company (dollars in billions): 

September 30, 

2014 

2013 

Client margin securities ........................................................................................    $  16.2     $  12.5  
1.2  
Stock borrowings ..................................................................................................   
Total collateral available ........................................................................................    $  17.2     $  13.7  

1.0    

Collateral loaned ...................................................................................................    $ 

Collateral repledged ..............................................................................................   

Total collateral loaned or repledged ......................................................................    $ 

  $ 

2.4 
2.5    
4.9     $ 

1.9 
1.8  
3.7  

The Company is subject to cash deposit and collateral requirements with clearinghouses based on its clients’ 
trading activity.  The following table summarizes cash deposited with and securities pledged to clearinghouses by the 
Company (dollars in millions): 

Assets 

Balance Sheet Classification 

September 30, 

2014 

2013 

Cash 

  $  115 
61  
U.S. government debt securities    Securities owned, at fair value .......................   
   Total ...................................................................................................................    $  285     $  176  

Receivable from brokers, dealers and 
clearing organizations ..................................    $  104 

181    

Guarantees — The  Company  is  a  member  of  and  provides  guarantees  to  securities  clearinghouses  and 
exchanges in connection with client trading activities.  Under related agreements, the Company is generally required 
to guarantee the performance of other members.  Under these agreements, if a member becomes unable to satisfy its 
obligations to the clearinghouse, other members would be required to meet shortfalls.  The Company’s liability under 
these arrangements is not quantifiable and could exceed the cash and securities it has posted to the clearinghouse as 
collateral.  However, the potential for the Company to be required to make payments under these agreements is 
considered remote.  Accordingly, no contingent liability is carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for these 
guarantees. 

The Company clears its clients’ futures transactions on an omnibus account basis through unaffiliated clearing 
firms.  The Company has agreed to indemnify the unaffiliated clearing firms for any loss that they may incur for the 
client transactions introduced to them by the Company. 

See  “Insured  Deposit Account Agreement”  in  Note  18  for  a  description  of  a  guarantee  included  in  that 

agreement. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

14. Fair Value Disclosures

Fair Value Measurement — Definition and Hierarchy 

ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurement, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or 
paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement 
date. 

ASC  820-10  establishes  a  hierarchy  for  inputs  used  in  measuring  fair  value  that  maximizes  the  use  of 
observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used 
when available.  Observable inputs reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or 
liability, developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company.  Unobservable inputs 
reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or 
liability, developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. 

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three 

broad levels, as follows: 

• Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company
has the ability to access.  This category includes active exchange-traded funds, money market mutual 
funds, mutual funds and equity securities. 

• Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability,
either directly or indirectly.  Such inputs include quoted prices in markets that are not active, quoted prices 
for similar assets and liabilities in active and inactive markets, inputs other than quoted prices that are 
observable  for  the  asset  or  liability  and  inputs  that  are  derived  principally  from  or  corroborated  by 
observable market data by correlation or other means.  This category includes most debt securities and 
other interest-sensitive financial instruments.  

• Level 3 — Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, where there is little, if any, observable market

activity or data for the asset or liability. 

74 

TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

The following tables present the Company’s fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities measured at fair value 

on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions): 

As of September 30, 2014 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Fair Value 

Assets: 
Cash equivalents: 

Money market mutual funds ..........................................  $ 

1,284     $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

1,284  

Investments segregated for regulatory purposes: 

U.S. government debt securities .................................... 

Securities owned: 

Money market and other mutual funds .......................... 

U.S. government debt securities .................................... 

Other .............................................................................. 

Subtotal - Securities owned ...........................................

Other assets: 

Pay-variable interest rate swaps(1) ................................. 
U.S. government debt securities .................................... 

Auction rate securities ................................................... 

Subtotal - Other assets ...................................................

—  

—  
—  
2  

2 

—  
—  
—  

— 

3,120  

—  
326  
3  

329 

32  
4  
—  

36 

—  

1  
—  
—  

1 

—  
—  
1  

1 

3,120  

1  
326  
5  

332 

32  
4  
1  

37 

Total assets at fair value ................................................

  $ 

1,286    $ 

3,485    $ 

2    $ 

4,773 

Liabilities: 
Accounts payable and other liabilities: 

Forward-starting interest rate swaps(2) ...........................  $ 

—     $ 

29     $ 

—     $ 

Securities sold, not yet purchased: 

Equity securities ............................................................

1  

—  

—  

Total liabilities at fair value ...........................................

  $ 

1    $ 

29    $ 

—    $ 

29  

1  

30 

(1)  See "Fair Value Hedging" in Note 8 for details. 
(2)  See "Cash Flow Hedging" in Note 8 for details. 

75 

 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

As of September 30, 2013 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

  Fair Value 

Assets: 
Cash equivalents: 

Money market mutual funds ..........................................    $ 

969     $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

969  

Investments segregated for regulatory purposes: 

U.S. government debt securities ....................................   

—    

2,045    

—    

2,045  

Securities owned: 

Auction rate securities ...................................................   

Money market and other mutual funds ..........................   

U.S. government debt securities ....................................   

Other ..............................................................................   

Subtotal - Securities owned ...........................................  

—    
—    
—    
1    
1    

Other assets: 

Equity securities ............................................................   
Pay-variable interest rate swaps(1) .................................   
U.S. government debt securities ....................................   

Subtotal - Other assets ...................................................  

Total assets at fair value .................................................  

  $ 

13    
—    
—    
13    
983     $ 

—    
—    
313    
3    
316    

—    
52    
4    
56    
2,417     $ 

5    
1    
—    
—    
6    

—    
—    
—    
—    
6     $ 

5  
1  
313  
4  
323  

13  
52  
4  
69  
3,406  

Liabilities: 
Accounts payable and other liabilities: 

Securities sold, not yet purchased: 

Equity securities ............................................................  

  $ 

(1)  See "Fair Value Hedging" in Note 8 for details. 

13     $ 

—     $ 

—     $ 

13  

There were no transfers between any levels of the fair value hierarchy during the periods covered by this report. 

Valuation Techniques 

In general, and where applicable, the Company uses quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or 
liabilities to determine fair value.  This pricing methodology applies to the Company’s Level 1 assets and liabilities.  
If quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities are not available to determine fair value, then the 
Company  uses  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  and  liabilities  or  inputs  other  than  the  quoted  prices  that  are 
observable, either directly or indirectly.  This pricing methodology applies to the Company’s Level 2 assets and 
liabilities. 

Level 2 Measurements: 

Debt Securities — Fair values for debt securities are based on prices obtained from an independent pricing 
vendor.  The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, quoted prices 
for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields and credit 
spreads.  The Company validates the vendor pricing by periodically comparing it to pricing from another independent 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

pricing service.  The Company has not adjusted prices obtained from the independent pricing vendor for any periods 
presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements because no significant pricing differences have been observed. 

Interest Rate Swaps — These derivatives are valued by the Company using a valuation model provided by a 
third party service that incorporates interest rate yield curves, which are observable for substantially the full term of 
the  contract.    The  valuation  model  is  widely  accepted  in  the  financial  services  industry  and  does  not  involve 
significant judgment because most of the inputs are observable in the marketplace.  Credit risk is not an input to the 
valuation because in each case the Company or counterparty has possession of collateral, in the form of cash or U.S. 
Treasury  securities,  in  amounts  equal  to  or  exceeding  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps.   The  Company 
validates  the  third  party  service  valuations  by  comparing  them  to  valuation  models  provided  by  the  swap 
counterparties. 

Level 3 Measurements: 

The Company has no material assets or liabilities classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Not Recorded at Fair Value 

Cash and cash equivalents, receivable from/payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, receivable 
from/payable to clients, receivable from/payable to affiliates, other receivables, accounts payable and other liabilities 
and notes payable are short-term in nature and accordingly are carried at amounts that approximate fair value.  Cash 
and cash equivalents include cash and highly-liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less 
(categorized  as  Level 1  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy).    Receivable  from/payable  to  brokers,  dealers  and  clearing 
organizations, receivable from/payable to clients, receivable from/payable to affiliates, other receivables, accounts 
payable  and  other  liabilities  and  notes  payable  are  recorded  at  or  near  their  respective  transaction  prices  and 
historically have been settled or converted to cash at approximately that value (categorized as Level 2 of the fair 
value hierarchy). 

Cash  and  investments  segregated  and  on  deposit  for  regulatory  purposes  includes  reverse  repurchase 
agreements  (securities  purchased  under  agreements  to  resell).    Reverse  repurchase  agreements  are  treated  as 
collateralized financing transactions and are carried at amounts at which the securities will subsequently be resold, 
plus accrued interest.  The Company’s reverse repurchase agreements generally have a maturity of seven days and are 
collateralized  by  U.S.  Treasury  securities  in  amounts  exceeding  the  carrying  value  of  the  resale  agreements.  
Accordingly, the carrying value of reverse repurchase agreements approximates fair value (categorized as Level 2 of 
the fair value hierarchy).  In addition, this category includes cash held in demand deposit accounts and on deposit 
with a futures commission merchant, for which the carrying values approximate the fair value (categorized as Level 1 
of the fair value hierarchy).  See Note 3 for a summary of cash and investments segregated and on deposit for 
regulatory purposes. 

Long-term debt — As of September 30, 2014, the Company’s Senior Notes had an aggregate estimated fair 
value, based on quoted market prices (categorized as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy), of approximately $1.081 
billion, compared to the aggregate carrying value of the Senior Notes on the Consolidated Balance Sheet of $1.032 
billion.  As of September 30, 2013, the Company’s Senior Notes had an aggregate estimated fair value, based on 
quoted market prices, of approximately $1.100 billion, compared to the aggregate carrying value of the Senior Notes 
on the Consolidated Balance Sheet of $1.052 billion. 

As  of  September 30,  2014,  the  $69  million  carrying  value  of  the  Company’s  variable-rate  secured  loan 
approximates fair value because of the frequent repricing of the loan based on market interest rates (categorized as 
Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy). 

77 

TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

15. Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

Substantially all of the Company’s reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowing and securities lending
activity and derivative financial instruments are transacted under master agreements that may allow for net settlement 
in the ordinary course of business, as well as offsetting of all contracts with a given counterparty in the event of 
default by one of the parties.  However, for financial statement purposes, the Company does not net balances related 
to these financial instruments. 

The  following  tables  present  information  about  the  potential  effect  of  rights  of  setoff  associated  with  the 

Company’s recognized assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in millions): 

September 30, 2014 

Gross Amounts 
of Recognized 
Assets and 
Liabilities 

Gross Amounts 
Offset in the 
Consolidated 
Balance Sheet 

Net Amounts 
Presented in 
the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet 

Gross Amounts Not Offset 
in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet 
Collateral 
Received or 
Pledged 
(Including 
Cash) (4) 

Financial 
Instruments(3) 

Net 
Amount (5) 

Assets: 
Investments segregated for 

regulatory purposes: 

Reverse repurchase 
agreements ......................

  $ 

Receivable from brokers, 
dealers and clearing 
organizations: 

Deposits paid for 
securities borrowed(1) .........

Other assets: 

Pay-variable interest 
rate swaps .......................

1,193    $ 

—    $ 

1,193    $ 

—    $ 

(1,193 )   $ 

— 

995 

32 

— 

— 

995 

(69 )  

(900 )  

32 

— 

(32 )  

26 

— 

26 

Total ................................

  $ 

2,220    $ 

—    $ 

2,220    $ 

(69 )   $ 

(2,125 )   $ 

Liabilities: 
Payable to brokers, dealers 

and clearing organizations: 
Deposits received for 
securities loaned(2) .............
  $ 

Accounts payable and other 

liabilities: 

2,384    $ 

—    $ 

2,384    $ 

(69 )   $ 

(2,015 )   $ 

300 

Forward-starting interest 
rate swaps .......................

29 

Total ................................

  $ 

2,413    $ 

— 

—    $ 

29 

— 

(29 )  

2,413    $ 

(69 )   $ 

(2,044 )   $ 

— 

300 

78 

 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

September 30, 2013 

Gross Amounts 
of Recognized 
Assets and 
Liabilities 

Gross Amounts 
Offset in the 
Consolidated 
Balance Sheet 

Net Amounts 
Presented in 
the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet 

Gross Amounts Not Offset 
in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet 
Collateral 
Received or 
Pledged 
(Including 
Cash) (4) 

Financial 
Instruments(3) 

Net 
Amount (5) 

Assets: 
Investments segregated for 

regulatory purposes: 

Reverse repurchase 
agreements ......................

  $ 

Receivable from brokers, 
dealers and clearing 
organizations: 

2,618    $ 

—    $ 

2,618    $ 

—    $ 

(2,618 )   $ 

— 

Deposits paid for 
securities borrowed(1) .........

1,220 

Other assets: 

Pay-variable interest 
rate swaps .......................

52 

— 

— 

1,220 

(168 )  

(1,020 )  

52 

— 

(52 )  

Total ................................

  $ 

3,890    $ 

—    $ 

3,890    $ 

(168 )   $ 

(3,690 )   $ 

32 

— 

32 

Liabilities: 
Payable to brokers, dealers 

and clearing organizations: 
Deposits received for 
securities loaned(2) .............
  $ 

1,948    $ 

—    $ 

1,948    $ 

(168 )   $ 

(1,561 )   $ 

219 

(1)  Included in the gross amounts of deposits paid for securities borrowed is $616 million and $702 million as of 
September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, transacted through a risk-sharing program with the OCC, which 
guarantees the return of cash to the Company. 

(2)  Included in the gross amounts of deposits received for securities loaned is $754 million and $275 million as of 
September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, transacted through a risk-sharing program with the OCC, which 
guarantees the return of securities to the Company. 

(3)  Amounts represent recognized assets and liabilities that are subject to enforceable master agreements with 

rights of setoff. 

(4)  Represents  the  fair  value  of  collateral  the  Company  had  received  or  pledged  under  enforceable  master 
agreements, limited for table presentation purposes to the net amount of the recognized assets due from or 
liabilities  due  to  each  counterparty.   At  September 30,  2014  and  2013,  the  Company  had  received  total 
collateral with a fair value of $2,231 million and $3,919 million, respectively, and pledged total collateral with 
a fair value of $2,124 million and $1,721 million, respectively. 

(5)  Represents  the  amount  for  which,  in  the  case  of  net  recognized  assets,  the  Company  had  not  received 

collateral, and in the case of net recognized liabilities, the Company had not pledged collateral. 

79 

 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

16.   Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The following table presents the net change in fair value recorded for each component of other comprehensive 

income (loss) before and after income tax for the fiscal years indicated (dollars in millions): 

2014 

Tax 
Effect 

Before 
Tax 

Net of 
Tax 

Before 
Tax 

2013 

Tax 
Effect 

Net of 
Tax 

Before 
Tax 

2012 

Tax 
Effect 

Net of 
Tax 

Investments available-for-sale: 

Net unrealized gain .....................  

  $  — 

  $  — 

  $  — 

  $  21 

  $ 

(8 )    $  13 

  $ 

28 

  $  (10 )    $ 

18 

Reclassification adjustment 
for net realized gain (1) ...............  

Reclassification of impairment 
charge (1) ..................................  

Change in net unrealized 
gain ..................................   

Cash flow hedging instruments: 

— 

— 

  — 

(52 )   

19 

(33 )   

— 

  — 

— 

— 

— 

  — 

3 

(1 )   

2 

— 

  — 

— 

— 

— 

  — 

(28 )   

10 

(18 )   

28 

(10 )   

18 

Net unrealized loss .....................  

(29 )   

11 

(18 )   

— 

  — 

  — 

— 

  — 

— 

Other comprehensive 
income (loss) .....................    $  (29 )    $ 

11 

  $  (18 )    $  (28 )    $  10 

  $  (18 )    $ 

28 

  $  (10 )    $ 

18 

(1)  The before tax reclassification amounts and the related tax effects are included in gain on investments, net and 

provision for income taxes, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

The following table presents after-tax changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income 

(loss) for the fiscal years indicated (dollars in millions): 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Investments available-for-sale: 

Beginning balance .....................................................................................................

  $  —     $ 

18     $  —  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications ....................................
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ..........

Current period change ...............................................................................................

— 
—  
—  

13 

(31 )  

(18 )  

Ending balance ..........................................................................................................

  $  —    $  —    $ 

18 
—  
18  

18 

Cash flow hedging instruments: 

Beginning balance .....................................................................................................

  $  —     $  —     $  —  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications ....................................
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ..........

Current period change ...............................................................................................

(18 )  
—  
(18 )  

— 
—  
—  

— 
—  
—  

  $ 
Ending balance ..........................................................................................................

(18 )   $  —    $  — 

Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss): 

Beginning balance .....................................................................................................

  $  —     $ 

18     $  —  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications ....................................
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ..........

Current period change ...............................................................................................

(18 )  
—  
(18 )  

13 

(31 )  

(18 )  

  $ 
Ending balance ..........................................................................................................

(18 )   $  —    $ 

18 
—  
18  

18 

17. Segment and Geographic Area Information

The Company primarily operates in the securities brokerage industry and has no other reportable segments.
Substantially all of the Company’s revenues from external clients for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014, 
2013 and 2012 were derived from its operations in the United States. 

18. Related Party Transactions

Transactions with TD and Affiliates 

As a result of the Company’s acquisition of TD Waterhouse during fiscal 2006, TD became an affiliate of the 
Company.  TD owned approximately 41% of the Company’s common stock as of September 30, 2014.  Pursuant to 
the Stockholders Agreement among TD, the Company and certain other stockholders, TD has the right to designate 
five of twelve members of the Company’s board of directors.  The Company transacts business and has extensive 
relationships  with  TD  and  certain  of  its  affiliates.    Transactions  with  TD  and  its  affiliates  are  discussed  and 
summarized below. 

Insured Deposit Account Agreement 

Under the IDA agreement, the TD Depository Institutions make available to clients of the Company FDIC-

insured money market deposit accounts as either designated sweep vehicles or as non-sweep deposit accounts.  The 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

Company provides marketing, recordkeeping and support services for the TD Depository Institutions with respect to 
the money market deposit accounts.  In exchange for providing these services, the TD Depository Institutions pay the 
Company an aggregate marketing fee based on the weighted average yield earned on the client IDA assets, less the 
actual interest paid to clients, a servicing fee to the TD Depository Institutions and the cost of FDIC insurance 
premiums. 

The current IDA agreement became effective as of January 1, 2013 and has an initial term expiring July 1, 2018. 
It  is  automatically  renewable  for  successive  five-year  terms,  provided  that  it  may  be  terminated  by  either  the 
Company or the TD Depository Institutions by providing written notice of non-renewal at least two years prior to the 
initial expiration date or the expiration date of any subsequent renewal period. 

The fee earned on the IDA agreement is calculated based on two primary components: (a) the yield on fixed-
rate “notional” investments, based on prevailing fixed rates for identical balances and maturities in the interest rate 
swap market (generally LIBOR-based) at the time such investments were added to the IDA portfolio (including any 
adjustments required to adjust the variable rate leg of such swaps to a one-month reset frequency and the overall 
swap payment frequency to monthly) and (b) the yield on floating-rate investments.  As of September 30, 2014, the 
IDA  portfolio  was  comprised  of  approximately  75%  fixed-rate  notional  investments  and  25%  floating  rate 
investments. 

The IDA agreement provides that the Company may designate amounts and maturity dates for the fixed-rate 
notional investments in the IDA portfolio, subject to certain limitations.  For example, if the Company designates that 
$100 million of deposits be invested in 5-year fixed-rate investments, and on the day such investment is confirmed by 
the TD Depository Institutions the prevailing fixed yield for the applicable 5-year U.S. dollar LIBOR-based swaps is 
1.45%,  then  the  Company  will  earn  a  gross  fixed  yield  of  1.45%  on  that  portion  of  the  portfolio  (before  any 
deductions for interest paid to clients, the  servicing fee to the TD Depository Institutions and the cost of FDIC 
insurance premiums).  Under the current IDA agreement, in the event that (1) the federal funds effective rate is 
established at 0.75% or greater and (2) the rate on 5-year U.S. dollar interest rate swaps is equal to or greater than 
1.50% for 20 consecutive business days, then the rate earned by the Company on new fixed-rate notional investments 
will be reduced by 20% of the excess of the 5-year U.S. dollar swap rate over 1.50%, up to a maximum of 0.10%. 

Under the current IDA agreement, the yield on floating-rate investments is calculated daily based on the greater 
of the following rates published by the Federal Reserve: (1) the interest rate paid by Federal Reserve Banks on 
balances held in excess of required reserve balances and contractual clearing balances under Regulation D and (2) the 
daily effective federal funds rate. 

The interest rates paid to clients are set by the TD Depository Institutions and are not linked to any index.  The 
servicing fee to the TD Depository Institutions under the IDA agreement is equal to 25 basis points on the aggregate 
average daily balance in the IDA accounts, subject to adjustment as it relates to deposits of less than or equal to $20 
billion kept in floating-rate investments or in fixed-rate notional investments with a maturity of up to 24 months 
(“short-term fixed-rate investments”).  For floating-rate and short-term fixed-rate investments, the servicing fee is 
equal to the difference of the interest rate earned on the investments less the FDIC premiums paid (in basis points), 
divided by two.  The servicing fee has a floor of 3 basis points (subject to adjustment from time to time to reflect 
material changes to the TD Depository Institutions’ leverage costs) and a maximum of 25 basis points. 

In the  event the  marketing fee computation results in a  negative amount,  the  Company  must pay the TD 
Depository Institutions the negative amount.  This effectively results in the Company guaranteeing the TD Depository 
Institutions revenue equal to the servicing fee on the IDA agreement, plus the reimbursement of FDIC insurance 
premiums.  The marketing fee computation under the IDA agreement is affected by many variables, including the 
type, duration, principal balance and yield of the fixed-rate and floating-rate investments, the prevailing interest rate 
environment, the amount of client deposits and the yield paid on client deposits.  Because a negative marketing fee 
computation would arise only if there were extraordinary movements in many of  these variables, the maximum 
potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under this arrangement cannot be 
reasonably estimated.  Management believes the potential for the marketing fee calculation to result in a negative 

82 

TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

amount is remote.  Accordingly, no contingent liability is carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the IDA 
agreement. 

In addition, the Company has various other services agreements and transactions with TD and its affiliates.  The 
following tables summarize revenues and expenses resulting from transactions with TD and its affiliates for the fiscal 
years indicated (dollars in millions): 

Description 

Statement of Income 
Classification 

Insured Deposit Account Agreement 
Referral and Strategic Alliance Agreement  Various ....................................  
Various ....................................  
Other 

Insured deposit account fees ...   $ 

Total revenues ....................................................................................................  $ 

Revenues from TD and Affiliates 

2014 

2013 

2012 

820     $ 
12  
5  
837     $ 

804     $ 
11  
6  
821     $ 

828  
8  
8  
844  

Description 
Canadian Call Center Services Agreement 

Other 

Statement of Income 
Classification 

Professional Services ..............   $ 

Various .................................... 

Total expenses ...................................................................................................  $ 

Expenses to TD and Affiliates 

2014 

2013 

2012 

17     $ 
3  
20     $ 

19     $ 
4  
23     $ 

18  
4  
22  

The following table summarizes the classification and amount of receivables from and payables to TD and its 

affiliates on the Consolidated Balance Sheets resulting from related party transactions (dollars in millions): 

Assets: 
Receivable from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations ...............................   $ 

Receivable from affiliates .....................................................................................  

Liabilities: 
Payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations .........................................   $ 

Payable to affiliates ...............................................................................................  

September 30, 

2014 

2013 

1     $ 
99  

1  
117  

96   $  115  
4  
5  

Receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations primarily relate to securities 
borrowing and lending activity and are settled in accordance with customary contractual terms.  Receivables from 
and payables to TD affiliates resulting from client cash sweep activity are generally settled in cash the next business 
day.  Other receivables from and payables to affiliates of TD are generally settled in cash on a monthly basis. 

83 

TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

19. Condensed Consolidating Financial Information

The 2014 Notes and 2019 Notes are jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by TDAOH.
Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for the Company, its guarantor subsidiary and its 
non-guarantor  subsidiaries  for  the  periods  indicated.    Because  all  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  activity 
occurred on the parent company for all periods presented, condensed consolidating statements of comprehensive 
income are not presented. 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET 
As of September 30, 2014 

Parent 

Guarantor 
Subsidiary 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

(In millions) 

Eliminations 

Total 

ASSETS 
Cash and cash equivalents ...........................  $ 
Cash and investments segregated and on 

deposit for regulatory purposes ................ 

Receivable from brokers, dealers and 

clearing organizations .............................. 
Receivable from clients, net ........................ 
Investments in subsidiaries .......................... 
Receivable from affiliates ............................ 
Goodwill ...................................................... 
Acquired intangible assets, net .................... 
Other, net ..................................................... 

  $ 
Total assets ..................................................

117     $ 

2     $ 

1,341     $ 

—     $ 

1,460  

— 

— 

5,116 

— 

5,116 

— 
—  
5,868  
11  
—  
—  
156  
6,152     $ 

— 
—  
5,754  
2  
—  
146  
16  
5,920     $ 

1,108 
11,639  
—  
97  
2,467  
605  
1,073  
23,446     $ 

— 
—  
(11,622 ) 
(11 ) 
—  
—  
(54 ) 

1,108 
11,639  
—  
99  
2,467  
751  
1,191  
(11,687 )    $  23,831  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Liabilities: 

Payable to brokers, dealers and clearing 

organizations ............................................  $ 

Payable to clients ........................................ 
Accounts payable and other liabilities......... 
Payable to affiliates ..................................... 
Notes payable .............................................. 
Long-term debt ............................................ 
Deferred income taxes ................................. 

Total liabilities .............................................

Stockholders’ equity .................................... 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ 

  $ 

—    $ 
—  
153  
—  
150  
1,101  
—  
1,404  
4,748  

—    $ 
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
52  
52  
5,868  

2,421    $ 
14,497  
455  
16  
—  
—  
303  
17,692  
5,754  

— 
—  
(13 ) 
(11 ) 
—  
—  
(41 ) 
(65 ) 
(11,622 ) 

2,421 
14,497  
595  
5  
150  
1,101  
314  
19,083  
4,748  

  $ 
equity .......................................................

6,152    $ 

5,920    $ 

23,446    $ 

(11,687 )    $  23,831 

84 

 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET 
As of September 30, 2013 

Parent 

Guarantor 
Subsidiary 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

(In millions) 

  Eliminations 

Total 

ASSETS 
Cash and cash equivalents ..........................    $ 

Cash and investments segregated and on 

deposit for regulatory purposes ...............   

Receivable from brokers, dealers and 

clearing organizations..............................   

Receivable from clients, net ........................   

Investments in subsidiaries .........................   

Receivable from affiliates ...........................   

Goodwill .....................................................   

Acquired intangible assets, net ...................   

Other, net ....................................................   

199     $ 

7     $ 

856     $ 

—     $ 

1,062  

— 

— 

5,894 

— 

5,894 

— 
—    
5,568    
4    
—    
—    
140    

— 
—    
5,360    
3    
—    
146    
9    

1,348 
8,984    
550    
117    
2,467    
695    
1,015    

— 
—    
(11,478 )   

(7 )   
—    
—    
(41 )   

1,348 
8,984  
—  
117  
2,467  
841  
1,123  

Total assets ..................................................  

  $ 

5,911 

  $ 

5,525 

  $ 

21,926 

  $ 

(11,526 )    $  21,836 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Liabilities: 

Payable to brokers, dealers and clearing 

organizations ............................................    $ 

Payable to clients .........................................   

Accounts payable and other liabilities .........   

Payable to affiliates .....................................   

Long-term debt ............................................   

Deferred income taxes .................................   

Total liabilities ............................................  

Stockholders’ equity ....................................   

Total liabilities and stockholders’ 

  $ 

— 
—    
180    
3    
1,052    
—    
1,235    
4,676    

  $ 

— 
—    
—    
—    
—    
51    
51    
5,474    

  $ 

1,973 
13,183    
424    
8    
—    
334    
15,922    
6,004    

  $ 

— 
—    
(8 )   

(7 )   
—    
(33 )   

(48 )   

(11,478 )   

1,973 
13,183  
596  
4  
1,052  
352  
17,160  
4,676  

equity .......................................................  

  $ 

5,911 

  $ 

5,525 

  $ 

21,926 

  $ 

(11,526 )    $  21,836 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2014 

Parent 

Guarantor 
Subsidiary 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

(In millions) 

  Eliminations 

Total 

Net revenues ...............................................    $ 

Operating expenses .....................................   

Operating income ........................................   

Other expense (income) ..............................   

Income (loss) before income taxes and 

equity in income of subsidiaries ..............   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes ..   

Income (loss) before equity in income of 

subsidiaries ..............................................   

Equity in income of subsidiaries .................   

14     $ 
13    
1    
24    

—     $ 
—    
—    
—    

3,123     $ 
1,839    
1,284    
(9 )   

(23 )   

(14 )   

(9 )   
796    

— 

(1 )   

1 
787    

1,293 

498    

795 
17    

(14 )    $ 

(14 )   
—    
—    

— 
—    

— 

(1,600 )   

Net income ..................................................    $ 

787 

  $ 

788 

  $ 

812 

  $ 

(1,600 )    $ 

3,123  
1,838  
1,285  
15  

1,270 
483  

787 
—  

787 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2013 

Net revenues ................................................    $ 

Operating expenses ......................................   

Operating income .........................................   

Other income ...............................................   

Income before income taxes and equity in 

income of subsidiaries ..............................   

Provision for income taxes...........................   

Income before equity in income of 

subsidiaries ...............................................   

Equity in income of subsidiaries ..................   

Net income ...................................................    $ 

Parent 

Guarantor 
Subsidiary 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

(In millions) 

  Eliminations 

Total 

12     $ 
10    
2    
(23 )   

—     $ 
—    
—    
—    

2,763     $ 
1,709    
1,054    
(9 )   

(11 )    $  2,764  
1,708  
(11 )   
—    
1,056  
—    
(32 ) 

25 
8    

— 
—    

1,063 

405    

17 
658    
675     $ 

— 
634    
634     $ 

658 
36    
694     $ 

— 
—    

— 

(1,328 )   

(1,328 )    $ 

1,088 
413  

675 
—  
675  

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF INCOME 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2012 

Parent 

Guarantor 
Subsidiary 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

(In millions) 

  Eliminations 

Total 

Net revenues ................................................    $ 

Operating expenses ......................................   

Operating income .........................................   

Other expense (income) ...............................   

Income (loss) before income taxes and 

equity in income of subsidiaries ...............   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes ...   

Income (loss) before equity in income of 

subsidiaries ...............................................   

Equity in income of subsidiaries ..................   

32     $ 
28    
4    
29    

—     $ 
—    
—    
—    

2,641     $ 
1,711    
930    
(1 )   

(25 )   

(19 )   

(6 )   
592    

— 

(3 )   

3 
577    

931 
342    

589 
33    

(32 )    $ 

(32 )   
—    
—    

— 
—    

— 

(1,202 )   

Net income ...................................................    $ 

586 

  $ 

580 

  $ 

622 

  $ 

(1,202 )    $ 

2,641  
1,707  
934  
28  

906 
320  

586 
—  

586 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2014 

Parent 

Guarantor 
Subsidiary 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Total 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ......    $ 

(81 )    $ 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchase of property and equipment .............................  

Proceeds from sale and maturity of short-term 

investments ................................................................  

Purchase of short-term investments ...............................  

Proceeds from sale of investments ................................  

Other, net .......................................................................  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing 

—    

— 
—    
13    
—    

(In millions) 
1     $ 

1,105     $ 

1,025  

—    

— 
—    
—    
—    

(144 )   

(144 ) 

4 

(4 )   
12    
2    

4 

(4 ) 
25  
2  

activities ....................................................................  

13 

— 

(130 )   

(117 ) 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt .....................  

Proceeds from notes payable .........................................  

Principal payments on notes payable .............................  

Payment of cash dividends ............................................  

Purchase of treasury stock .............................................  

Other, net .......................................................................  

Net cash used in financing activities .............................  

Intercompany investing and financing activities, net ....   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ...   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ............   

69    
230    
(80 )   

(540 )   

(207 )   
18    
(510 )   

496 

(82 )   
199    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

(6 )   

(5 )   
7    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

(490 )   

485 
856    

69  
230  
(80 ) 

(540 ) 

(207 ) 
18  
(510 ) 

— 

398 
1,062  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ......................    $ 

117 

  $ 

2 

  $ 

1,341 

  $ 

1,460 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2013 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities .......    $ 

(70 )    $ 

(In millions) 
1     $ 

808     $ 

739  

Parent 

Guarantor 
Subsidiary 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Total 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchase of property and equipment .............................   

Proceeds from sale and maturity of short-term 

investments ................................................................   

Purchase of short-term investments ...............................   

Proceeds from sale of investments ................................   

Other, net .......................................................................   

Net cash provided by (used in) investing 

—    

150 
—    
78    
—    

—    

— 
—    
—    
—    

(144 )   

(144 ) 

4 

(4 )   
10    
2    

activities .....................................................................  

228 

— 

(132 )   

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Principal payments on long-term debt ...........................   

Proceeds from notes payable .........................................   

Principal payments on notes payable .............................   

Payment of cash dividends ............................................   

Purchase of treasury stock .............................................   

Other, net .......................................................................   

(250 )   
275    
(275 )   

(471 )   

(5 )   
43    

Net cash used in financing activities ..............................  

(683 )   

Intercompany investing and financing activities, net .....   

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents .....................   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .............   

546 

21 
178    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

— 

— 

1 
6    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
(5 )   

(5 )   

(546 )   

125 
731    

154 

(4 ) 
88  
2  

96 

(250 ) 
275  
(275 ) 

(471 ) 

(5 ) 
38  

(688 ) 

— 

147 
915  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .......................    $ 

199 

  $ 

7 

  $ 

856 

  $ 

1,062 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
For the Year Ended September 30, 2012 

Parent 

Guarantor 
Subsidiary 

Non-
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries 

Total 

46     $ 

(In millions) 
2     $ 

544     $ 

592  

Net cash provided by operating activities ......................    $ 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchase of property and equipment .............................   

Purchase of short-term investments ...............................   

Purchase of investments ................................................   

Proceeds from sale of investments ................................   

Proceeds from sale and maturity of short-term 

investments ................................................................   

Other, net .......................................................................   

—    
(152 )   

(43 )   
2    

— 
—    

Net cash used in investing activities ..............................  

(193 )   

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Purchase of treasury stock .............................................   

Payment of cash dividends ............................................   

Other, net .......................................................................   

(208 )   

(132 )   
4    

Net cash provided by (used in) financing 

activities .....................................................................  

(336 )   

Intercompany investing and financing activities, net .....   

567 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ....   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .............   

84 
94    

—    
—    
—    
—    

— 
—    

— 

—    
—    
—    

— 

(3 )   

(1 )   
7    

(186 )   

(3 )   

(1 )   
—    

4 
2    

(186 ) 

(155 ) 

(44 ) 
2  

4 
2  

(184 )   

(377 ) 

—    
—    
4    

4 

(564 )   

(200 )   
931    

(208 ) 

(132 ) 
8  

(332 ) 

— 

(117 ) 
1,032  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .......................    $ 

178 

  $ 

6 

  $ 

731 

  $ 

915 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 

20.  Quarterly Data (Unaudited) 

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts) 

For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2014 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

Net revenues ..................................................................    $ 

Operating income ...........................................................    $ 

Net income .....................................................................    $ 

Basic earnings per share.................................................    $ 

Diluted earnings per share .............................................    $ 

752     $ 
307     $ 
192     $ 
0.35     $ 
0.35     $ 

812     $ 
323     $ 
194     $ 
0.35     $ 
0.35     $ 

763     $ 
316     $ 
190     $ 
0.34     $ 
0.34     $ 

795  
338  
211  
0.39  
0.38  

Net revenues ..................................................................    $ 

Operating income ...........................................................    $ 

Net income .....................................................................    $ 

Basic earnings per share.................................................    $ 

Diluted earnings per share .............................................    $ 

For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2013 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter(1) 

651     $ 
241     $ 
147     $ 
0.27     $ 
0.27     $ 

679     $ 
237     $ 
144     $ 
0.26     $ 
0.26     $ 

725     $ 
298     $ 
184     $ 
0.33     $ 
0.33     $ 

709  
279  
200  
0.36  
0.36  

Quarterly amounts may not sum to fiscal year totals due to rounding. 

(1)  On July 1, 2013, Knight Capital Group, Inc. ("Knight") completed its merger with GETCO Holding Company, 
LLC.  The Company received merger consideration in exchange for its investment in Knight Class A common 
stock.  The Company’s results of operations for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 include a pre-tax gain of $54 
million ($34 million after tax, or $0.06 per diluted share) in connection with this transaction, which is included 
in gain on investments, net on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Management of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for 
establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  The Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of and effected by the Company’s chief executive 
officer and chief financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles. 

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain 
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that 
receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors  of  the  Company;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements. 

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations.  Therefore, even those 
systems  determined  to  be  effective  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  financial  statement 
preparation and presentation.  Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over 
financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting as of September 30, 2014 based on framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework).  Based on 
this  assessment,  management  concluded  that,  as  of  September 30,  2014,  the  Company’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting is effective. 

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2014 has been audited by Ernst & 
Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their accompanying report which expresses 
an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
September 30, 2014.  That opinion appears on the next page. 

92 

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation 

We  have  audited  TD Ameritrade  Holding  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
September 30,  2014,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the 
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the Treadway  Commission  (2013  framework)  (the  COSO  criteria).  
TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in 
the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is 
to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included 
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 
performing such other procedures as  we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the  maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal 

control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2014, based on the COSO criteria. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation as of September 30, 2014 and 
2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows 
of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2014 and our 
report dated November 21, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 

Chicago, Illinois 
November 21, 2014  

93 

 
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, performed an evaluation of 
the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2014.  Management, 
including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures were effective as of September 30, 2014. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the most recently 
completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

None. 

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive 
proxy statement for our 2015 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A 
within 120 days after September 30, 2014 (the “Proxy Statement”). 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference from the Proxy 

Statement. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item, with the exception of the equity compensation 

plan information presented below, is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2014, information about compensation plans under which 

equity securities of the Company are authorized for issuance: 

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Number of securities 
remaining available 
for future 
issuance under equity 
compensation plans 
(excluding 
securities reflected 
in column (a)) 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans 
approved by security 
holders ..................................   

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

7,208,388 

(1)  $ 

18.43 

(2) 

10,576,526 

(3) 

(1)  Consists  of  2,136,326  stock  options,  4,831,542  restricted  stock  units  and  240,520  deferred  stock  units 

outstanding under the Company’s stock incentive plans. 

(2)  The weighted average exercise price does not take into account awards that have no exercise price, such as 

restricted stock units and deferred stock units. 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3)  The TD Ameritrade  Holding  Corporation  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the  “LTIP”)  and  the  2006  Directors 
Incentive Plan (the “Directors Plan”) authorize the issuance of shares of common stock as well as options.  As 
of September 30, 2014, there were 9,620,977 shares and 955,549 shares remaining available for issuance 
pursuant to the LTIP and the Directors Plan, respectively. 

The previous table includes the following options assumed in connection with the Company’s acquisition of 

thinkorswim Group Inc. in fiscal 2009: 

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders .......   

(a) 
63,586 

(b) 
$27.84 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference from the Proxy 

Statement. 

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference from the Proxy 

Statement. 

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  Documents filed as part of this Report 

1.  Financial Statements 

See Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

2.  Financial Statement Schedules 

Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because the required information is not 
present, or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules, or because the 
required information is provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes. 

3.  Exhibits 

See Item 15(b) below. 

(b)  Exhibits 

Exhibit No.   
3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

Description 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation, dated 
January 24, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on 
January 27, 2006) 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation, effective February 12, 2014 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 19, 2014) 

Form of Certificate for Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s 
Form 8-A filed on September 5, 2002) 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated November 25, 2009, among TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation, 
TD Ameritrade  Online  Holdings  Corp.,  as  guarantor,  and  The  Bank  of  New  York  Mellon  Trust 
Company, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s 
Form 8-K filed on November 25, 2009) 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
Exhibit No.   
4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

4.7 

10.1* 

10.2* 

10.3* 

10.4* 

10.5* 

10.6* 

10.7* 

10.8* 

10.9* 

10.10* 

10.11* 

10.12* 

Description 

Form of 4.150% Senior Note due 2014 (included in Exhibit 4.2) 

Form of 5.600% Senior Note due 2019 (included in Exhibit 4.2) 

Indenture, dated October 22, 2014, between TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation and U.S. Bank 
National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 
8-K filed on October 23, 2014) 

Form of 3.625% Senior Note due 2025 (included in Exhibit 4.5) 

Supplemental Indenture, dated October 22, 2014, between TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation 
and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2014) 

Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of May 30, 2006, between TD Ameritrade Holding 
Corporation  and  several  current  and  previous  members  of  the  Company’s  board  of  directors 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2006) 

Chairman of the Board of Directors Term Sheet, effective as of June 1, 2011, between Joseph H. 
Moglia and TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on November 18, 2011) 

Employment  Agreement,  effective  as  of  October  1,  2013,  between  Fredric  J.  Tomczyk  and 
TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s 
Form 8-K filed on August 1, 2013) 

Non-Qualified  Stock  Option Agreement,  dated  May  15,  2008,  between  Fredric  J.  Tomczyk  and 
TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 
quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2008) 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Fredric J. Tomczyk (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.5 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on February 6, 2013) 

Employment Agreement, as amended and restated, effective as of October 13, 2008, between Ellen 
L.S. Koplow and TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of 
the Company’s Form 10-K filed on November 26, 2008) 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, executed on December 20, 2012, between Ellen L.S. Koplow 
and TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 
quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on February 6, 2013) 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, executed on August 30, 2013, between Ellen L.S. Koplow 
and TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on November 22, 2013) 

Executive Employment Term Sheet, effective as of April 11, 2011, between Marvin W. Adams and 
TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 
quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2011) 

Amendment to Executive Employment Term Sheet, executed on December 19, 2012, between Marvin 
W. Adams and TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the 
Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on February 6, 2013) 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Marvin W. Adams (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 20, 2012) 

TD Ameritrade  Holding  Corporation  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 18, 2011) 

96 

 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Exhibit No.   
10.13* 

10.14* 

10.15* 

10.16* 

10.17* 

10.18* 

10.19* 

10.20* 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27† 

Description 

Form  of  1996  Long Term  Incentive  Plan  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option Agreement  for  Executives 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on 
December 9, 2004) 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on February 4, 2011) 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
the Company’s Form 8-K filed on October 26, 2012) 

TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation 2006 Directors Incentive Plan, effective as of November 15, 2006 
(incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s Proxy Statement filed on January 24, 
2007) 

Form of Directors Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.27 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on December 9, 2004) 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-employee Directors (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on February 4, 2011) 

Amended and Restated Ameritrade Holding Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Program 
effective December 28, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K 
filed on December 30, 2005) 

TD Ameritrade  Holding  Corporation  Management  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  effective  as  of 
February 24, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on 
February 18, 2011) 

Stockholders Agreement among Ameritrade Holding Corporation, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, J. Joe 
Ricketts and certain of his affiliates dated as of June 22, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2005) 

Amendment  No.  1  to  Stockholders Agreement  among  TD Ameritrade  Holding  Corporation,  The 
Toronto-Dominion Bank and certain other stockholders of TD Ameritrade, dated February 22, 2006 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on 
May 8, 2006) 

Amendment  No.  2  and  Waiver  to  Stockholders  Agreement  among  TD Ameritrade  Holding 
Corporation, The Toronto-Dominion Bank and certain other stockholders of TD Ameritrade, dated 
August 3, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K filed on November 13, 2009) 

Amendment  No.  3  to  Stockholders Agreement  among  TD Ameritrade  Holding  Corporation,  The 
Toronto-Dominion  Bank  and  certain  other  stockholders  of  TD Ameritrade,  dated August  6,  2010 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on 
November 19, 2010) 

Amendment  No.  4  to  Stockholders Agreement  among  TD Ameritrade  Holding  Corporation,  The 
Toronto-Dominion Bank and certain other stockholders of TD Ameritrade, dated October 31, 2011 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on 
February 7, 2012) 

Amendment  No.  5  to  Stockholders Agreement  among  TD Ameritrade  Holding  Corporation,  The 
Toronto-Dominion Bank and certain other stockholders of TD Ameritrade, dated December 4, 2013 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2013) 

Insured Deposit Account Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2013, among TD Bank USA, N.A., TD 
Bank, N.A., The Toronto-Dominion Bank, TD Ameritrade, Inc., TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. and 
TD Ameritrade Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s quarterly 
report on Form 10-Q filed on February 6, 2013) 

97 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
Exhibit No.   
10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

12 

14 

21.1 

23.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

Description 

Amended  and  Restated  Registration  Rights  Agreement  by  and  among  Ameritrade  Holding 
Corporation,  The  Toronto-Dominion  Bank,  J.  Joe  Ricketts  and  certain  of  his  affiliates,  entities 
affiliated with Silver Lake Partners, and entities affiliated with TA Associates, dated as of June 22, 
2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 12, 
2005) 

Trademark  License  Agreement  among  The  Toronto-Dominion  Bank  and  Ameritrade  Holding 
Corporation, dated as of June 22, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the Company’s 
Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2005) 

Credit Agreement, dated June 11, 2014, among TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation, TD Ameritrade 
Online Holdings Corp., as guarantor, the lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication 
agent,  Barclays  Bank  PLC,  U.S.  Bank  National  Association  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National 
Association, as co-documentation agents and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2014) 

Credit Agreement, dated June 11, 2014, among TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc., the lenders party thereto, 
Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Barclays Bank PLC, U.S. Bank National Association and 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as co-documentation agents and JPMorgan Chase Bank, 
N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Form 8-K 
filed on June 17, 2014) 

Loan Agreement, dated September 15, 2014, among TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation, Thinktech, 
Inc. and TD Ameritrade Online Holdings Corp., as guarantors, and First National Bank of Omaha 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Form 8-K filed on September 18, 2014) 

  Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges 
Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 of the Company’s quarterly report on Form 
10-Q filed February 4, 2011) 

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant 
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP 

Certification of Fredric J. Tomczyk, Principal Executive Officer, as required pursuant to Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of William J. Gerber, Principal Financial Officer, as required pursuant to Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 

101.INS 

  XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 

101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation 

101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label 

101.PRE 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation 

101.DEF 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition 

*  Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements required to be filed as exhibits under 

Item 15(b) of this report. 

†  Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to the omitted portions of this Exhibit, which portions 

have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

98 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on this 21st day of 
November, 2014. 

TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION 

By:   

By:   

/s/    FREDRIC J. TOMCZYK 

Fredric J. Tomczyk 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/    WILLIAM J. GERBER 

William J. Gerber 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on this 21st day of November, 2014. 

/s/    JOSEPH H. MOGLIA 

Joseph H. Moglia 
Chairman of the Board 

W. Edmund Clark 
Vice Chairman of the Board 

/s/    BHARAT B. MASRANI 

Bharat B. Masrani 
Director 

/s/    MARK L. MITCHELL 

Mark L. Mitchell 
Director 

/s/    MARSHALL A. COHEN 

/s/    WILBUR J. PREZZANO 

Marshall A. Cohen 
Director 

/s/    DAN W. COOK III 

Dan W. Cook III 
Director 

Wilbur J. Prezzano 
Director 

/s/    J. PETER RICKETTS 

J. Peter Ricketts 
Director 

/s/    KAREN E. MAIDMENT 

/s/    ALLAN R. TESSLER 

Karen E. Maidment 
Director 

Allan R. Tessler 
Director 

99 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TD AMERITRADE HOLDING CORPORATION
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
In millions
(Unaudited)

Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
2012

2011

2013

2014

2010

EBITDA(1)
Less:

Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
Interest on borrowings
Provision for income taxes

Net income

$1,480

$1,290

$1,098

$1,213

$1,114

(95)
(90)
(25)
(483)

(86)
(91)
(25)
(413)

(72)
(92)
(28)
(320)

(67)
(97)
(32)
(379)

(57)
(100)
(45)
(320)

$ 787

$ 675

$ 586

$ 638

$ 592

Note: The term “GAAP” in the following explanation refers to generally accepted accounting principles in the

United States.

(1)

EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) is considered a non-GAAP
financial measure as defined by SEC Regulation G. We consider EBITDA an important measure of our
financial performance and of our ability to generate cash flows to service debt, fund capital expenditures
and fund other corporate investing and financing activities. EBITDA is used as the denominator in the
consolidated leverage ratio calculation for covenant purposes under our holding company’s senior
revolving credit facility. EBITDA eliminates the non-cash effect of tangible asset depreciation and
amortization and intangible asset amortization. EBITDA should be considered in addition to, rather than as
a substitute for, pre-tax income, net income and cash flows from operating activities.

100

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Corporate Leadership

As of Dec. 10, 2014

Management Team 

Board of Directors 

Contact Information 

Fredric J. Tomczyk 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Joseph H. Moglia 
Chairman

Marvin W. Adams 
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Operating Officer

J. Thomas Bradley 
President, Retail Distribution

Karen Ganzlin 
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Human Resources Officer

William J. Gerber 
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer

David R. Kimm 
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Risk Officer

Ellen L. S. Koplow 
Executive Vice President,  
General Counsel

Thomas A. Nally 
President, TD Ameritrade Institutional

Steven Quirk 
Senior Vice President, Trader Group

W. Edmund Clark 
Vice Chairman

Fredric J. Tomczyk 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Lorenzo A. Bettino

Marshall A. Cohen

Daniel W. Cook III

Karen E. Maidment

Bharat B. Masrani

Mark L. Mitchell

Wilbur J. Prezzano

J. Peter Ricketts*

Todd M. Ricketts*

Allan R. Tessler

Corporate Headquarters 
200 South 108th Avenue  
Omaha, NE 68154

Mailing Address 
P.O. Box 3288  
Omaha, NE 68103-0288

Investor Relations 
www.amtd.com

Common Stock 
The common stock of TD Ameritrade 
Holding Corporation is listed on the 
New York Stock Exchange under the 
symbol AMTD.

Independent Registered  
Public Accounting Firm 
Ernst & Young LLP 
155 N. Wacker Drive  
Chicago, IL 60606 

Send Certificates for Transfer 
and Address Changes to: 
TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation  
C/O Computershare  
211 Quality Circle 
Suite 210 
College Station, TX 77845 

1-877-889-1984 
www.computershare.com

E-mail for Transfer Agent 
https://www-us.computershare.com/ 
investor/contact/enquiry

*J. Peter Ricketts has resigned from the TD Ameritrade board of directors, effective Dec. 31, 2014, as he was elected Governor for the State of Nebraska. Todd M. Ricketts 
will join the board on Jan. 1, 2015 in his place.

TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (NYSE: AMTD). Brokerage services provided by TD Ameritrade, Inc. member FINRA/SIPC, a subsidiary of TD Ameritrade Holding 
Corporation. TD Ameritrade is a trademark jointly owned by TD Ameritrade IP Company, Inc. and The Toronto-Dominion Bank. © 2014 TD Ameritrade IP Company, Inc. All 
rights reserved. Used with permission.

TD Ameritrade Institutional, Division of TD Ameritrade, Inc. TD Ameritrade, Inc.

Amerivest Portfolios is an investment advisory service of Amerivest Investment Management, LLC (Amerivest), a registered investment advisor. Brokerage services provided 
by TD Ameritrade, Inc. Amerivest Investment Management, LLC and TD Ameritrade, Inc. are both wholly owned subsidiaries of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation. 
Amerivest is a trademark of TD Ameritrade IP Company, Inc.

Regarding AdvisorDirect: Minimum asset level required. There is no charge or obligation for the initial consultation with the independent advisor.  Once you select an 
independent advisor, you will pay advisory fees and standard brokerage fees.  Brokerage transactions executed through TD Ameritrade are subject to standard transaction 
charges.  You should review an independent advisor’s Form ADV, other applicable advisor disclosure document(s) and the AdvisorDirect Disclosure and Acknowledgement 
Document prior to engaging an independent advisor. The Form ADV contains important disclosure information relative to an independent advisor’s services and fees.  
Independent advisors charge an ongoing investment advisory fee for their services.   Independent advisors will pay TD Ameritrade fees for their participation in the 
AdvisorDirect program.  Those fees will usually constitute a percentage of the advisory fees you will pay your independent advisor.  For additional details about the fees 
paid to TD Ameritrade and other conflicts of interest, please review the AdvisorDirect Disclosure and Acknowledgement Document and ask your independent advisor 
about its specific arrangement with TD Ameritrade. You are solely responsible for evaluating any independent advisor that you are considering. Please note: Under no 
circumstances should participation by a certain independent advisor in AdvisorDirect be considered an endorsement or recommendation by TD Ameritrade for that 
particular independent advisor.

 
l

t

r

1

0

4

2

e

a

n

n

u

p

o

A

R

Better

m

D

A

T

d

e

e

a

r

r

t

i

Corporate Headquarters
TD Ameritrade  
200 South 108th Avenue 
Omaha, NE 68154 

www.amtd.com
@TDAmeritradePR